Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / NRW Holdings Limited

NRW Holdings Limited

nwh · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker nwh
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · NRW Holdings Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report
2024

DIRECTORS 
Michael Arnett 
Chairman and Non-Executive Director 
 
Julian Pemberton 
Chief Executive Officer and  
Managing Director  
 
Jeff Dowling 
Non-Executive Director 
 
Fiona Murdoch 
Non-Executive Director
David Joyce 
Non-Executive Director 
(Appointed 19 March 2024)
Adrienne Parker 
Non-Executive Director 
(Appointed 13 May 2024)
Peter Johnston 
Former Non-Executive Director 
(Retired 28 November 2023)
COMPANY SECRETARY 
Kim Hyman
REGISTERED OFFICE
181 Great Eastern Highway  
Belmont WA 6104
 
Telephone:	
+61 8 9232 4200 
Facsimile:	
+61 8 9232 4232 
AUDITOR 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
Tower 2  
Brookfield Place 
Level 9 
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000
SHARE REGISTRY
Link Market Services Limited 
Level 4 Central Park  
152 St Georges Terrace  
Perth WA 6000
 
Telephone:	
+61 1300 554 474 
Facsimile:	
+61 2 8287 0303 
ASX CODE 
NWH – NRW Holdings Limited  
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares 
nrw.com.au
CORPORATE  
REGISTRY
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
1

RCR Mining Technologies, Bunbury Workshop
03
04
04
05
05
About This Report
About Us
Our Growth Journey
Purpose, Vision & Values
Our Capability
08
11
13
06
CEO Review of Operations
CFO Finance Report
Financial Statements
Chairperson’s Message
CONTENTS
PAGE
2
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

ANNUAL REPORT 2024 
This Annual Report (Report) discloses a summary 
of NRW’s operations, activities and performance 
information for the financial year 1 July 2023 to 
30 June 2024 (FY24).
This Report forms part of NRW’s Annual Reporting Suite 
through which the Company communicates the value 
created for its stakeholders – including shareholders, 
clients, employees and the communities in which we 
operate. This Report can be read in conjunction with 
the other documents in NRW’s Annual Reporting Suite 
and other periodic announcements lodged with the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), including the 
Annual Financial Statements, all of which are available 
on the NRW website (nrw.com.au) and the ASX platform.
NRW Holdings Limited (ACN 118 300 217) is the parent 
entity of the NRW group of companies, and its shares 
are listed on the ASX (ASX Code: NWH). In this Report, 
unless otherwise stated, references to ‘NRW’, ‘we’, ‘our’, 
the ‘Company’ or ‘NRW Group’ refer to NRW Holdings 
Limited and its wholly-owned subsidiaries listed on page 
87 – 88 of NRW’s Annual Financial Statements for 
the year ended 30 June 2024 (2024 Annual Financial 
Statements) released to the ASX on 15 August 2024.
To the extent this Report contains certain ‘forward-
looking statements’ and comments about future events 
(including projections, guidance on future earnings 
and estimates) these statements are provided as a 
general guide only and should not be relied upon as 
an indication or guarantee of future performance. 
Such statements by their nature involve known and 
unknown risks, uncertainty and other factors, many of 
which are outside the control of NRW. As such, undue 
reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking 
statement and no representation or warranty is made 
by any person as to the likelihood of achievement or 
reasonableness of any forward-looking statements, 
forecast financial information or other forecast. Similarly, 
past performance should not be relied upon (and is 
not) an indication of future performance. It represents 
NRW’s historical financial position at a specific date (and 
reference should be had to the full accounts released to 
ASX from which it is derived). 
Unless otherwise stated, financial information in this 
report is presented on the basis described in the 2024 
Annual Financial Statements – Basis of Preparation 
on page 53, and monetary amounts in this Report are 
expressed in AUD dollars.
OUR ANNUAL REPORTING SUITE
You can view all documents of the NRW Holdings 
Limited’s Annual Reporting Suite on the nrw.com.au 
website.
ABOUT 
THIS REPORT
NRW Civil & Mining and Action Drill & Blast team, Mt Webber
Annual Report
Corporate Governance
Statement
Modern Slavery 
Statement
Sustainability Report
3
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

OFI added process controls, electrical, instrumentation 
design, switchboard/panel manufacture and consultation 
capability, together with an entry to Defence contracting.
Acquired HSE Mining equipment and personnel, 
delivering mining services for Stanmore at South  
Walker Creek.
Primero added significant process design, construction 
and Operations and Maintenance (O&M) capability to 
establish our Minerals, Energy & Technologies pillar.
Established mining technologies and maintenance 
capability. Platform for growth across OEM products 
and fixed plant maintenance.
Increased exposure to east coast civil infrastructure, 
urban and mining markets.
BGC Contracting significantly enhanced NRW’s ability to 
participate as a large construction partner in public works 
projects. DIAB Engineering added maintenance, fabrication, 
construction and shutdown capability.
New Capabilities and Markets
OFI Acquisition
Increased Workforce
HSE Mining Acquisition
Added Significant EPC Capabilities
Primero Acquisition
Increased Capabilities
RCR Mining Technologies Acquisition
Geographic Expansion
Golding Acquisition
Increased Scale and Capabilities
BGC Contracting and
DIAB Engineering Acquisition
OUR GROWTH  
JOURNEY
2023
2024
2021
2019
2017
2019
Founded in 1994, NRW has grown to be a leading 
diversified provider of world-class service and 
product solutions to the resources and infrastructure 
sectors. The Company specialises in delivering 
engineering, manufacturing, construction, operations 
and maintenance services across Australia and North 
America. With a reputation for excellence, we create 
value by forming meaningful partnerships with industry 
leaders who value safety, quality and dependability. 
Our end-to-end capability allows us to deliver value 
across a project or asset’s entire lifecycle. With full 
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) and 
Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) capability, 
NRW provides innovative and effective technical design, 
in addition to manufacturing our own products we take 
to market. We work with top-tier clients to deliver civil 
construction projects with diversification across various 
sectors, including renewable energy and resource 
projects. Our operations services encompass mining, 
mineral processing plants and materials handling across 
a range of commodities and includes shutdown services. 
We offer specialist Electrical and Instrumentation (E&I) 
design and construction services, maintenance services 
for mobile equipment and plant maintenance for heavy 
equipment. Across all capabilities, safety remains our 
highest priority as we work to deliver to the highest 
industrial safety standards.
Guided by shared values, our business has fostered a 
strong workplace culture built around trust. This culture 
has sparked our entrepreneurial spirit and created a 
workplace that is conducive to innovative thinking. We 
care for our people, and enable safe, respectful and 
inclusive workplaces.
As a business, we are always looking ahead, continuing 
to innovate beyond our core vision. Through our 
dedication to operating excellence, meeting customer 
needs and caring for our people, we are committed to 
delivering returns to shareholders over the long term. 
Together, our eyes are on the future.
ABOUT US
NRW Civil & Mining, Karara Mining 
4
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

OUR CAPABILITY
DIAB Engineering team, Geraldton Workshop
• National infrastructure prequalifications 
 	 R5, B4, F150+
•	 Roads and bridges
•	 Public / defence infrastructure
•	 Rail formations
•	 Mine development
•	 Bulk earthworks
•	 Renewable energy projects
•	 Airstrips
•	 Commercial and residential subdivisions
•	 Whole of mine management
•	 Mine development
•	 Load and haul
•	 Coal handling preparation plants
•	 Mine site rehabilitation
•	 Full scope drill and blast
•	 Explosives supply and management
•	 Maintenance services
•	 Mobile equipment maintenance
•	 Service vehicle manufacture and sales
•	 Full EPC capability
•	 Apron, belt and hybrid feeders
•	 Materials handling specialists
•	 Build Own Operate
•	 Structural, mechanical and piping work
•	 Maintenance services
•	 Process controls
•	 E&I design and construction
•	 Non-process infrastructure
•	 Routine preventative maintenance and shutdowns
• Offsite repairs and fabrication services
•	 Product support, spare parts and service
•	 Heat treatment
•	 Switchboard / panel manufacture
Civil
NRW Civil
Golding Civil
Golding Urban
Mining
NRW Mining
Golding Mining
Action Drill & Blast
AES Equipment Solutions
Minerals, Energy
& Technologies
Primero 
RCR Mining Technologies
DIAB Engineering
OFI
PURPOSE, VISION & VALUES
Safety & Wellbeing 
The safety and wellbeing of our people is our  
first priority. 
We think and act safely at all times.
 
Teamwork & Collaboration
We achieve great outcomes by working together.
We embrace diversity and a culture where everyone 
feels part of the team.
 
Loyalty & Integrity
We value long-term relationships built on trust.
Our word is our bond.
 
Excellence
We strive to continuously improve.
We encourage our people to grow. 
Entrepreneurial Spirit  
We pursue opportunities to strengthen our business.
We support our people to unlock innovative solutions.
Our Values
Our Vision
To be the leading  
diversified provider  
of world-class service  
and product solutions  
to the resource and  
infrastructure sectors.
Our Purpose
We exist to deliver a 
satisfactory return to 
shareholders over the 
long term through  
operating excellence, 
meeting customer  
needs and caring for  
our people.
5
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

As Chairperson of NRW Holdings, and on behalf 
of the Board, I am pleased to present this year’s 
Annual Report.
We saw some changes to the NRW Board during FY24. 
Peter Johnston retired as Non-Executive Director prior 
to the Annual General Meeting in November 2023. 
We extend our sincere thanks to Peter for his dedication 
and significant contributions during his seven years of 
service. Additionally, we are pleased to welcome David 
Joyce and Adrienne Parker as new Non-Executive 
Directors. We look forward to their valuable contributions 
to the Board. 
OUR PERFORMANCE 
In FY24, the Group achieved another record year for 
both revenue and earnings. This success was coupled 
with continued improvement in safety outcomes, 
alongside enhanced operational performance across 
the organisation. This is another outstanding outcome 
for the business and our shareholders, as the Company 
continues to deliver above expectations.
Our growth was driven by increased activity across all 
operational segments, with several new contract awards 
and extensions of existing agreements. Favourable 
market conditions supported a more consistent flow of 
contract awards compared to the previous year, which 
had been impacted by weather and client delays.
All operational segments benefited from these improved 
conditions leading to a 9.2% increase in revenue 
compared to FY23, as well as higher earnings and 
profitability year-on-year. Normalised Net Earnings rose 
by 18.6% to $123.8 million, up from $104.4 million in 
FY23, reflecting these favourable trends. 
This performance highlights our ongoing commitment 
to the disciplined execution of our growth strategy. In 
line with this strategy and during the financial year, our 
wholly-owned subsidiary Golding finalised an agreement 
to acquire the mining services contract, associated fleet, 
and the transfer of employees from HSE Mining Pty 
Ltd at Stanmore Resources Limited’s South Walker 
Creek mine. Valued at $85 million (less assumed 
employee liabilities and other closing adjustments), 
the transaction was primarily funded through NRW’s 
asset finance facilities, with financial close completed on 
1 August 2024. 
PURPOSE, VISION AND VALUES
Earlier this year, NRW Holdings undertook a 
comprehensive project to review our corporate 
purpose, vision and values. Our primary objective 
was to align these elements with our corporate strategy 
and lead our businesses under a common purpose.
Our purpose is to deliver a satisfactory return to 
shareholders over the long term through operating 
excellence, meeting customer needs and caring for 
our people. Our vision is to be the leading diversified 
provider of world-class service and product solutions 
to the resource and infrastructure sectors. Our core 
values are safety and wellbeing, teamwork and 
collaboration, loyalty and integrity, excellence and 
entrepreneurial spirit.
We believe our purpose, vision and values provide clear 
direction and alignment across our business to ensure 
we continue to deliver on our strategic objectives for the 
benefit of our shareholders.
OUR PEOPLE 
Our people are our greatest asset and their dedication 
has been central to our success over the past year. We 
reported zero fatalities and achieved a further reduction 
in the Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) 
to 4.42, down from 5.00 in FY23. This reflects our 
commitment to safe project delivery and the valuable 
contributions of everyone across the organisation.
Despite ongoing challenges in the labour market, NRW 
has remained competitive in attracting and retaining 
a highly skilled workforce. As at 30 June 2024, our 
headcount stood at 7,400, up from 7,200 in FY23. 
With the addition of new team members following the 
HSE acquisition at the South Walker Creek project, our 
workforce now totals approximately 8,000.
Through continuous education and development 
initiatives, NRW remains committed to fostering a 
workplace that is safe, respectful and inclusive. We 
recognise the value of diverse perspectives and the 
importance of positive workplace interactions. As 
always, our work in this area continues to be a focus 
and one of the highest priorities for our teams.
CHAIRPERSON’S  
MESSAGE
6
AES Equipment Solutions team, Hazelmere Workshop
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

Pilgangoora P680 Expansion , Primero
CHAIRPERSON’S  
MESSAGE CONTINUED
SUSTAINABILITY
In FY24, NRW continued to advance its environmental, 
social and governance (ESG) performance, with a strong 
focus on reducing the Group’s carbon footprint and 
embedding sustainability into core business processes. 
Operating our business sustainably is a key objective 
for the Company as we continue to progress our work 
in this area. 
I would encourage you to read our standalone 
Sustainability Report for FY24 which expands on 
the information provided in this Annual Report. The 
standalone Sustainability Report details the ESG 
initiatives we are undertaking and how they benefit 
NRW, our clients and the community. 
FINAL DIVIDEND PAYMENT 
Disciplined capital management remains a priority, 
and NRW is committed to paying dividends in line 
with the Company’s policy. The Board is pleased to 
declare a final fully franked dividend of 9.0 cents per 
share, following an interim fully franked dividend of 
6.5 cents per share. This brings the total FY24 dividend 
to 15.5 cents per share, 11.1% up on FY23, on a 
comparable franked basis.
In closing, on behalf of the Board, I would like to extend 
our thanks to our Managing Director and CEO, Jules 
Pemberton, for his leadership in achieving another 
outstanding result. We also express our gratitude to our 
clients, employees and shareholders for their ongoing 
commitment and contribution in making FY24 another 
positive year for the Company.
Michael Arnett
Chairperson, NRW Holdings Limited
Success was coupled with 
continued improvement in 
safety outcomes, alongside 
enhanced operational 
performance across the 
organisation.
7
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

CEO REVIEW  
OF OPERATIONS
I am proud to share NRW Holdings’ operational review 
for the financial year ended 30 June 2024.
I want to start by expressing my appreciation to our 
valued workforce. Their dedication and hard work have 
been crucial in delivering safe and profitable projects 
throughout the year.
Our growth this year was driven by increased activity 
across all three operational segments, including 
securing several new contracts and extensions to 
existing contracts. The positive FY24 result was 
achieved during a period of increased volatility in some 
commodity prices. As a business, we see the benefit 
of portfolio diversity as an important element in our 
strategic plan as we continue to deliver strong results 
throughout these commodity cycles.
FINANCIAL YEAR HIGHLIGHTS
In the Group’s 30-year history, this has been a record-
breaking year for us. Below are some financial 
highlights:
•	 Revenue $2.9 billion, up 9.2% on FY23;
•	 EBITDA $334.8 million, up 15.9% on FY23;
•	 EBITA $195.1 million, up 17.4% on FY23 at a 
6.7% margin; 
•	 NPATN $123.8 million, up 18.6% on FY23;
•	 Cash holdings of $246.6 million, 94.9% conversion;
•	 Normalised EPS 27.3 cps, up 17.7% on FY23;
•	 Strong order book of $5.5 billion, inclusive of repeat 
business;
•	 Pipeline of near-term prospects is very solid at 
$16.4 billion, with $5.5 billion of active tenders; and
•	 Fully franked final dividend of 9.0 cents per share, total 
FY24 dividend 15.5 cents per share up 11.1% pcp 
(on a comparable franked basis), 57.0% payout ratio. 
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
$140.9M
$120.6M
$146.7M
$166.3M
$195.1M
EBITA 
Headcount
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
$2,913M
$2,004M
$2,222M
$2,367M
$2,667M
Statutory Revenue
OFI team, WElshpool Office
Our business model spans 
geographies, commodities, 
clients and services, allowing 
us to spread and manage risk 
while focusing on accessing 
future opportunities.
KCGM Growth Project, Primero
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
After HSE 
Acquisition
7,053
6,376
7,000
7,200
7,400
8,000
8
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

SEGMENT PERFORMANCE
Our diverse range of businesses service the resources 
and infrastructure sectors. Our business model spans 
geographies, commodities, clients and services, 
allowing us to spread and manage risk while focusing 
on accessing future opportunities. Business activities 
are conducted primarily in Australia, with engineering 
operations in Canada and the USA. 
NRW comprises three reportable segments which are 
Civil, Mining and Minerals, Energy & Technologies 
(MET). Our consistent operational performance has 
been delivered despite skilled labour shortages and 
volatility in some commodity prices that have presented 
challenges for our clients. I am pleased to say that 
notwithstanding these challenges, NRW has continued 
to execute its strategy, which has delivered another solid 
financial and operational result for the year across all 
three of our segments.
Civil
Revenue in the Civil segment increased by 19.6% 
from the previous year, driven by strong demand. This 
growth was seen across all sectors, and the increased 
workload led to improved profitability of 4.5% as we 
utilised capacity and spread overheads over a larger 
revenue base.
This year, the Civil segment successfully completed 
FMG’s Christmas Creek Hall Hub project, while work 
on Rio Tinto’s Gudai-Darri Solar Farm moved into 
testing, commissioning and ramping up phases. The 
ongoing Pilbara iron ore replacement and sustaining 
capital cycle continues to support a strong pipeline of 
mine developments, expansions and upgrades. We 
have been included in Early Contractor Involvement 
(ECI) work for major clients, helping shape projects and 
positively positioning ourselves for future opportunities. 
In Western Australia, we secured four new sustaining 
capital projects in the Pilbara for Rio Tinto, covering 
two sites at West Angelas, Paraburdoo and Coastal 
Water Supply.
In the public infrastructure space in WA, we were named 
preferred contractor for the Reid Highway Interchanges 
project in early 2024. Jointly funded by the Federal and 
WA State Governments, this project will contribute to 
our FY25 and FY26 results, with work expected to start 
late 2024. A visible pipeline of further public sector 
projects and tenders is in progress.
In Queensland, ongoing public infrastructure projects, 
flood remediation efforts, a resilient housing market and 
preparations for the 2032 Brisbane Olympics all signal 
continued growth opportunities for the segment.
Mining
Despite uncertainty in some commodity markets, 
notably lithium, our Mining segment continued its growth 
trajectory. In a year with relatively normal weather, 
revenue grew by 5.8%, and earnings increased by 
7.1%. This includes $8.1 million of profit from the sale 
of shares in Spartan Resources, which were issued as 
partial payment for our mining services.
Contract highlights include:
•	 CS Energy, four-year $245 million extension at the 
Kogan Creek Mine;
•	 Batchfire Resources, $52 million blasthole drilling 
services contract at Callide Mine; and
•	 A $160 million variation to Golding’s five-year mining 
services agreement at the Jellinbah East Mine.
Prior to year-end, Golding executed an agreement to 
acquire the mining services contract, associated fleet 
and transfer of the employees of HSE Mining Pty Ltd 
that are operating at Stanmore Resources Limited’s 
South Walker Creek Mine. This acquisition delivers 
an existing mining services contract that will generate 
approximately $250 million of revenue over the 
remaining term to August 2025.
Our Karara and Mt Webber contracts performed above 
expectations, with volumes exceeding targets and 
additional scope added by clients. Meanwhile, Talison 
Lithium and Arcadium Lithium scaled back production 
due to declining market prices. This, however, had 
minimal impact as we successfully renegotiated rates 
and deferred capital spending on these projects.
Action Drill & Blast (ADB) and AES Equipment Solutions 
(AES) both saw growth, with ADB growing third-party 
revenue and AES expanding their operations and 
securing a new location to meet customer demand. 
Minerals, Energy & Technologies
MET revenue increased by 8.6% compared to 
FY23, with profitability improving to 5.8%. Whilst the 
performance of one of the MET businesses did not meet 
expectations this year, we continue to see a number of 
innovative initiatives underway that reinforce our growth 
prospects for this segment. 
Primero delivered strong results this year driven by 
projects including the Mount Holland lithium concentrator 
for Covalent Lithium, the Western Range NPI project for 
Rio Tinto and the KCGM Fimiston project in Kalgoorlie.
CEO REVIEW OF OPERATIONS CONTINUED
CEO REVIEW OF  
OPERATIONS  
CONTINUED
RCR faced challenges due to delayed contract awards, 
but its support, maintenance and heat treatment 
divisions met expectations. This underperformance 
led to a cost restructure and strategic shift within the 
business, including overhead cost reductions and a 
focus on OEM product sales. As these changes take 
effect, we expect to see an improvement in profitability 
in FY25.
DIAB had a record year, completing contracts for Lynas 
Rare Earths and securing new work for the Mt Weld 
expansion project. 
OFI’s integration into the Group is complete, with 
projects now incorporating its enhanced capabilities.
PEOPLE & SAFETY
Our people are always our highest priority. Despite 
a competitive labour market, we have successfully 
maintained a skilled workforce, growing our headcount 
from 7,200 in FY23 to 7,400 as at 30 June 2024. 
Following the acquisition of HSE in August 2024, our 
workforce now totals approximately 8,000.
Our health and safety focus resulted in another fatality-
free year, with a Total Recordable Injury Frequency 
Rate of 4.42, down from 5.00 in FY23. Reinforcing 
our commitment to safety is the Group’s Critical 
Risk Management Program, which is our key fatality 
prevention program. The first phase of the program is 
being rolled out across the business and has received 
positive feedback from both our employees and clients. 
Further rollouts are planned in FY25. 
We have made substantial investments in leadership 
training to develop teams capable of safely delivering 
high-quality projects for our clients. We are proud to 
support 188 apprentices, 66 graduates, 64 trainees, 
20 undergraduates, two interns and six students on 
work placements. Many of our team members are also 
engaged in formal training and leadership courses, 
reflecting our commitment to developing a capable and 
resilient workforce.
Diversity and equality are key to our success and 
innovation. We are dedicated to creating an environment 
where everyone feels safe and can thrive. This year, we 
focused on psychosocial safety, rolling out a Group-
wide standard and reporting process in line with Work 
Health and Safety Acts.  
Action Drill & Blast team, Greenbushes
As the business goes 
into its 30th year, it is 
timely to reflect on the 
success and growth 
achieved through 
the hard work and 
commitment of our 
people.
9
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

The innovation initiatives 
underway within MET 
are expected to enhance 
future competitiveness and 
potentially deliver major new 
sources of income beyond 
direct contracting.
DIAB Workshop Robot, Geraldton Workshop
CLIMATE & ENVIRONMENT
We are committed to reducing our carbon footprint and 
integrating sustainability into our operations.
Across the business, we have been focused on reducing 
our carbon footprint through actively installing renewable 
energy systems across our facilities to minimise 
emissions associated with electricity consumption. 
This includes the installation of solar panels and other 
renewable energy technologies to reduce reliance 
on grid electricity. Where appropriate, we have also 
transitioned our light vehicle fleet to hybrid or electric 
vehicles to lower fuel consumption.
As a business, we are also leveraging opportunities 
presented by the evolving global climate agenda through 
the provision of new product and service offerings, 
such as the AES business which manufactures battery 
electric vehicle bodies for clients. 
The Company has appropriate systems in place for the 
management of its environmental requirements and 
is not aware of any breaches of those environmental 
requirements as they apply to the operations of 
the Group.  
OUTLOOK
The total Group pipeline currently stands at $16.4 billion, 
including $5.5 billion in active tenders. The outlook 
remains very positive with a strong order book of 
$5.5 billion, including repeat business.
The macro drivers of resources and public infrastructure 
expenditure support a favourable outlook for the Civil 
segment. We are also presently working on tenders 
and ECI projects for iron ore replacement tonnage 
developments. These are major capital projects that the 
tier one miners are progressing to deliver replacement 
tonnage for depleting existing mines. These new 
ore body developments typically require mine site 
infrastructure such as haul roads, tailing storage 
facilities, rail formations, ore handling and loading 
infrastructure, utilities, warehousing, maintenance 
and refuelling facilities, all of which the Civil and MET 
segments have successfully delivered in the past.
Significant portfolios of mine development work 
across new projects and sustaining capital have been 
announced by client organisations and are being 
released to the market. NRW has secured or is preferred 
for a number of these and is well-positioned to secure 
ongoing work, with nearly all of FY25’s revenue in the 
Mining segment secured through contracts.
The diversity of MET capabilities, combined with the 
Group’s core civil and mining skills, now enables 
NRW to offer comprehensive outsourced solutions 
for greenfields resource developments. This includes 
mine development, mining operations, process plant 
design and construction, materials handling, operations 
and maintenance services. We are currently exploring 
potential early stage opportunities for outsourced project 
development with specific clients, with expectations that 
these discussions will advance to the ECI phase in the 
coming months.
The innovation initiatives underway within MET are 
expected to enhance future competitiveness and 
could also potentially deliver major new sources of 
income beyond direct contracting.
For FY25, revenue is expected to be circa $3.1 billion, 
and earnings (EBITA) are expected to be between 
$205 million and $215 million. Cash and gearing are 
expected to be consistent with long-term averages.
This is a very positive outlook for the business and 
positions us well for continued growth over the short 
to medium term. 
In closing, I would like to again thank the committed 
teams across the Group for their dedication and effort. 
As the business goes into its 30th year, it is timely 
to reflect on the success and growth achieved 
through the hard work and commitment of our 
people, and I look forward to sharing and celebrating 
this milestone with you all. I also extend my gratitude 
to my fellow directors, shareholders and stakeholders 
for their continued support.
 
Jules Pemberton
CEO and Managing Director,  
NRW Holdings Limited
CEO REVIEW OF OPERATIONS CONTINUED
10
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

FY24
FY23
Revenue
Earnings
Revenue
Earnings
$M
$M
$M
$M
Total Revenue / EBITDA
2,913.0
334.8
2,667.1
288.8
Depreciation and Amortisation
(139.7)
(122.5)
Operating EBIT / EBITA
195.1
166.3
Amortisation of Acquisition Intangibles
(5.9)
(5.9)
Non-recurring Transactions
(28.1)
(18.3)
EBIT
161.1
142.1
Net Interest
(18.3)
(17.2)
Profit before Income Tax
142.8
124.9
Income Tax Expense
(37.7)
(39.3)
Net Earnings
105.1
85.6
NPATN
123.8
104.4
I am delighted to share our financial results for FY24, 
which marks my second year with NRW.
NRW achieved revenues of $2,913.0 million, up 9.2% 
from $2,667.1 million in FY23. This growth was driven 
by increased activity across all three of our operational 
segments, supported by new contract awards and 
extensions of existing agreements.
This higher revenue led to an EBITA of $195.1 million, 
representing a 17.4% increase from FY23 ($166.3 
million). Alongside increased client activity, improved 
weather conditions compared to the previous year 
significantly boosted productivity across the Group’s 
mining operations.
All operating segments benefited from improved market 
conditions, delivering stronger earnings and better 
profitability than the year before.
Depreciation and amortisation was $145.6 million, a 
13.3% increase on the previous year, reflecting recent 
capital investments in the Group’s fleet. Additionally, 
interest costs rose due to these fleet investments and 
the higher marginal costs of financing new equipment.
Normalised Net Earnings (NPATN) increased by 18.6% 
to $123.8 million compared to $104.4 million in FY23, 
reflecting the overall favourable conditions.
Below is a summary of key financial performance 
metrics for the current financial year compared to last 
year:
CFO FINANCIAL   
REPORT
All operating segments 
benefited from improved market 
conditions, delivering stronger 
earnings and better profitability 
than the year before.
NRW Civil & Mining, Intelligence Freeway Alliance
11
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

BALANCE SHEET, OPERATING CASH 
FLOW & CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
The Group’s cash balance at year-end stood at 
$246.6 million, an 8.4% increase from the opening 
balance 12 months earlier. We remained compliant 
with all banking covenants throughout the year, including 
as at 30 June 2024.
Debt repayments for the year totalled $101.4 million, 
with $73.2 million relating to asset finance, all in line 
with agreed terms. Net debt reduced to $78.8 million, 
down from $84.3 million at 30 June 2023, with headline 
gearing also decreasing to 12.1%.
Shareholder returns included a final fully franked 
dividend for FY23 of 8.0 cents, paid in October 2023, 
and an interim fully franked dividend for FY24 of 
6.5 cents, paid in April 2024. Total dividend payments 
for the year were $65.7 million.
Our investments decreased following the sale of our 
entire shareholding in Spartan Resources Limited 
(formerly Gascoyne) (ASX: SPR).
NRW’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Golding, finalised an 
agreement to acquire the mining services contract, 
associated fleet, and employees from HSE Mining 
Pty Ltd at Stanmore Resources Limited’s South 
Walker Creek mine. The transaction, valued at 
$85 million (less assumed employee liabilities and other 
adjustments), was primarily funded through NRW’s 
asset finance facilities, with financial close completed on 
1 August 2024.
We also renegotiated our secured debt facilities, 
bringing in two additional tier-one banks, giving us 
access to a total of four banks to support our funding 
needs. The new debt facilities, which are committed 
for a multi-year evergreen term, offer significantly 
better commercial terms and pricing. The total value 
of available debt facilities increased from $260 million 
to $450 million, allowing for future growth initiatives. 
Transaction documents were signed on 7 August 2024, 
with financial close occurring on 24 August 2024.
A summary of the balance sheet at the end of the 
current financial year, compared to last year, is provided 
below:
FY24
FY23
 
$M
$M
Cash 
246.6
227.6
Financial Debt
(279.8)
(260.4)
Lease Debt
(45.7)
(51.5)
Net Debt 
(78.8)
(84.3)
Property, Plant and Equipment
554.2
491.0
Right-of-use Assets
39.3
44.9
Working Capital 
25.2
8.9
Investments 
4.4
26.9
Current Net Tax Liabilities
(0.7)
(0.3)
Deferred Net Tax Liabilities 
(98.6)
(90.4)
Net Tangible Assets 
445.0
397.0
Intangibles and Goodwill 
207.6
213.1
Net Assets 
652.6
610.1
Gearing 
12.1%
13.8%
Gearing Excl. Lease Debt
5.1%
5.4%
It is an exciting time to be part of NRW as we continue to grow and evolve, leveraging our strong financial position. 
I would like to thank Jules and the NRW Board for their ongoing support.
Richard Simons
CFO, NRW Holdings Limited
CFO FINANCIAL REPORT CONTINUED
The MET business 
has a diversified 
portfolio of projects 
across the iron ore, 
gold, rare earths 
and battery critical 
minerals sectors. 
Golding team, Curragh
12
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTENTS PAGE
04
52
22
53
26
95
47
94
48
96
49
50
51
100
Directors’ Report
Consolidated Statement  
of Cash Flows
Corporate Governance  
and Risk Management
Notes to the Financial Statements
Remuneration Report
Shareholder Information
Auditor’s Independence  
Declaration
Consolidated Entity  
Disclosure Statement
Directors’ Declaration
Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Statement of  
Profit or Loss and Other  
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity
Appendix 4E
OFI team, Bunbury Workshop
13
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024

4
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The Directors present their report together with the financial statements of NRW Holdings Limited (the Company) 
and of the consolidated group (also referred to as ‘the Group’), comprising the Company and its subsidiaries, for 
the financial year ended 30 June 2024. 
DIRECTORS  
The following persons held office as Directors of NRW Holdings Limited during the financial year and up to the date 
of this report: 
Michael Arnett  
Chairperson and Non-Executive Director 
Mr Arnett was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 27 July 2007 and appointed Chairperson on  
9 March 2016. 
Mr Arnett is a former consultant to, partner of and member of the Board of Directors and National Head of the 
Natural Resources Business Unit of the law firm Norton Rose Fulbright (formally Deacons). He has been involved 
in significant corporate and commercial legal work for the resources industry for over 20 years.  
Mr Arnett has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the end of 
the financial year: 
• 
Non-Executive Chairperson, Genmin Limited (Appointed 10 March 2021) 
Julian Pemberton 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 
Mr Pemberton was appointed as a Director on 1 July 2006 and appointed as Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director on 7 July 2010. 
Mr Pemberton has more than 28 years’ experience in both the resources and infrastructure sectors. He joined 
NRW in 1996, and prior to his appointment as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, he held a number of 
senior management and executive positions at NRW, including Chief Operating Officer. 
Jeff Dowling 
Non-Executive Director 
Mr Dowling was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 21 August 2013. 
Mr Dowling has over 35 years’ experience in professional services with Ernst & Young. He has held numerous 
leadership roles within Ernst & Young which focused on the mining, oil and gas and other industries. 
Mr Dowling has a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Western Australia and is a fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants, the Australian Institute of Company Directors (AICD) and the Financial Services Institute 
of Australasia. 
Mr Dowling has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the end 
of the financial year: 
• 
Non-Executive Director, S2 Resources Limited (Appointed 29 May 2015) 
• 
Non-Executive Director, Fleetwood Corporation Limited (Appointed 1 July 2017) 
• 
Chairperson and Non-Executive Director, Arrow Minerals Limited (Appointed 15 February 2024) 
• 
Non-Executive Director, Battery Minerals Limited (Appointed 25 January 2018, Resigned 4 September 
2023) 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT  

5
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Fiona Murdoch 
Non-Executive Director 
Ms Murdoch was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 24 February 2020.  
Ms Murdoch has over 30 years’ resource and infrastructure experience, holding senior operational roles with MIM 
Holdings, Xstrata Queensland and the AMCI Group. 
She has extensive domestic and international experience with major projects and operations in Western Australia, 
Northern Territory and Queensland, and in the United Kingdom, Germany, South America, Dominican Republic, 
Papua New Guinea and the Philippines. 
Ms Murdoch is a graduate of the AICD Company Director program and holds an MBA as well as an Honours degree 
in Law. 
Ms Murdoch has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the end 
of the financial year:  
• 
Non-Executive Director, Metro Mining Limited (Appointed 11 May 2019) 
• 
Non-Executive Director, Ramelius Resources Limited (Appointed 1 December 2021) 
• 
Non-Executive Director, KGL Resources Limited (Appointed 12 June 2018, Resigned 15 October 2021) 
In addition, Ms Murdoch serves on the Joint Venture Committee for the Australian Premium Iron Joint Venture and 
is also Chairperson of The Pyjama Foundation, a not-for-profit organisation providing learning-based activities for 
children in foster care. 
David Joyce 
Non-Executive Director 
Mr Joyce was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 19 March 2024. 
Mr Joyce is a former mining executive with over 37 years’ experience in delivering major projects in Australia and 
internationally. This experience includes delivering the required infrastructure, services, processing facilities and 
initial mining developments (underground and open pit) for both greenfield and brownfield developments around 
the world. 
Mr Joyce graduated from the University of Adelaide with a Bachelor of Engineering (1st Class Hons.). 
Mr Joyce has held the following directorship in the three years immediately before the end of the financial year: 
• 
Non-Executive Director, Synergy (Appointed 21 February 2024) 
Adrienne Parker 
Non-Executive Director 
Ms Parker was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 13 May 2024. 
Ms Parker is a lawyer with over 25 years’ experience in the resources, energy and infrastructure sectors, with a 
focus on major projects as well as running complex disputes. 
Ms Parker has a law degree from the University of Western Australia. 
Ms Parker has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the end 
of the financial year:  
• 
Non-Executive Director, Fleetwood Limited (Appointed 23 August 2017) 
• 
Non-Executive Director, Liontown Resources Limited (Appointed 1 October 2022) 
• 
Non-Executive Director, Resolute Mining Limited (Appointed 20 March 2024) 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

6
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Peter Johnston 
Former Non-Executive Director 
Mr Johnston was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 July 2016. 
Mr Johnston retired as a Director on 28 November 2023. 
Mr Johnston has served with a number of national and international companies.  
Mr Johnston graduated from the University of Western Australia with a Bachelor of Arts majoring in psychology and 
industrial relations. He is also a Fellow of the AICD and AusIMM. 
Mr Johnston has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the end 
of the financial year:  
• 
Non-Executive Director, Tronox Ltd (NYSE) (Appointed 1 August 2012)  
• 
Chairperson, Jervois Global Limited (Appointed 19 June 2018) 
• 
Non-Executive Director, Red 5 Limited (Appointed 1 July 2023)  
Kim Hyman 
Company Secretary 
Mr Hyman was appointed to the position of Company Secretary on 10 July 2007. Mr Hyman has responsibility for 
company secretarial services and co-ordination of general legal services, as well as the insurance portfolio.  
Directors’ Meetings 
The number of Directors’ meetings and number of meetings attended by each of the Directors of the Company 
during the financial year were: 
Director 
Directors’ 
Meetings Held 
Directors’ 
Meetings Attended 
Michael Arnett 
12 
12 
Jeff Dowling 
12 
12 
Fiona Murdoch 
12 
11 
Peter Johnson (Retired 28 November 2023) 
7 
7 
David Joyce (Appointed 19 March 2024) 
4 
4 
Adrienne Parker (Appointed 13 May 2024) 
2 
2 
Julian Pemberton 
12 
12 
Nomination & Remuneration Committee 
The members of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee (N&RC) are Fiona Murdoch (Chairperson), Michael 
Arnett and Jeff Dowling. During the 2024 financial year, two meetings of the N&RC were held with all members in 
attendance. Certain responsibilities of the N&RC were also considered at board meetings as required. 
Audit Committee 
The Audit & Risk Committee was split during the year into the Audit Committee and the Risk Committee. The 
members of the Audit Committee are Jeff Dowling (Chairperson), Fiona Murdoch and David Joyce. During the 2024 
financial year, four meetings of the combined Audit & Risk Committee were held with all members at that time in 
attendance. In addition, some audit matters were considered in the course of regular board meetings. 
Risk Committee 
The members of the newly created Risk Committee, which was established on 13 February 2024, are Adrienne 
Parker (Chairperson), Jeff Dowling and David Joyce. During the 2024 financial year, one meeting of the newly 
created Risk Committee was held, in addition to the previous combined committee meetings, with all members at 
that time in attendance. In addition, some risk matters were considered in the course of regular board meetings. 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

7
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Sustainability Committee 
The members of the Sustainability Committee are David Joyce (Chairperson), Michael Arnett, Fiona Murdoch and 
Adrienne Parker. During the 2024 financial year, two meetings of the Sustainability Committee were held with all 
members at that time in attendance. In addition, some sustainability matters were considered in the course of 
regular board meetings. 
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW 
Principal Activities 
NRW is a leading provider of diversified contract services to the resources and infrastructure sectors. 
With extensive operations across all of Australia and engineering offices in Canada and the USA, NRW’s 
geographical diversification is complemented by its ability to deliver a wide range of services.  
NRW’s Civil and Mining segments provide civil construction, including bulk earthworks, road and rail construction 
and concrete installation, together with contract mining and drill and blast services.  
The Minerals, Energy & Technologies (MET) segment offers tailored mine-to-market solutions, specialist 
maintenance (shutdown services and onsite maintenance), non-process infrastructure, innovative materials 
handling solutions and complete turnkey design, construction and operation of minerals processing and energy 
projects. 
NRW also offers a comprehensive Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) capability, providing refurbishment and 
rebuild services for earthmoving equipment and machinery. 
NRW has a workforce of around 7,400 people supporting projects for clients across the resources, renewable 
energy, infrastructure, industrial engineering, maintenance and urban subdivision sectors. 
Financial Performance  
A summary of the key financial performance metrics for the current financial year (FY24) is provided below with 
comments on significant movements compared to the financial year ended 30 June 2023 (FY23). 
NRW reported total revenue of $2,913.0 million, compared to $2,667.1 million in FY23, a 9.2% increase. The growth 
during this period was driven by increased activity across all three operational segments. This resulted from several 
new contract awards and extensions of existing contracts. NRW’s operations benefited from favourable market 
conditions which facilitated a more consistent flow of contract awards compared to the previous fiscal year, which 
had been marked by delays in new awards, particularly in the Civil segment. 
The higher revenue level resulted in EBITA of $195.1 million, 17.4% higher than FY23 ($166.3 million). In addition 
to increased client activity, the weather conditions during FY24 markedly improved compared to FY23, resulting in 
heightened productivity across the Group's mining activities. 
All operating segments benefitted from the improved market conditions delivering higher earnings and increased 
profitability over the prior year.  
Depreciation and amortisation was $145.6 million, 13.3% higher over the prior year, attributable to capital 
investments in the Group’s fleet in recent years. Additionally, interest costs rose during this period, influenced by 
the fleet investments and the higher marginal costs associated with financing new equipment. 
Normalised Net Earnings (NPATN) increased by 18.6% to $123.8 million compared to $104.4 million in FY23, 
reflecting these improved conditions. 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

8
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Financial Performance Continued 
The table below summarises the financial performance for FY24 compared to FY23. 
 
FY24 
FY23 
 
Revenue 
Earnings 
Revenue 
Earnings 
 
$M 
$M 
$M 
$M 
Revenue / EBITDA(1) 
2,913.0  
334.8  
2,667.1 
288.8  
Depreciation and amortisation(2) 
 
(139.7) 
 
(122.5) 
Operating EBIT / EBITA(3) 
 
195.1  
 
166.3  
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles(4) 
 
(5.9) 
 
(5.9) 
Non-recurring transactions(5) 
 
(28.1) 
 
(18.3) 
EBIT 
 
161.1  
 
142.1  
Net interest 
 
(18.3) 
 
(17.2) 
Profit before income tax 
 
142.8  
 
124.9  
Income tax expense 
 
(37.7) 
 
(39.3) 
Net earnings 
 
105.1  
 
85.6  
NPATN(6) 
 
123.8  
 
104.4 
(1) 
EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(2) 
Includes depreciation and amortisation. 
(3) 
Operating EBIT / EBITA is earnings before interest, tax, amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(4) 
Amortisation of intangibles as part of business acquisitions. 
(5) 
Non-recurring transactions in FY24 included transactions relating to the Wärtsilä settlement offset by net gains on investments. In FY23, 
transactions related to Gascoyne Resources and Nathan River Resources. 
(6) 
NPATN is Operating EBIT less interest and tax (at a 30% tax rate). 
Refer to the above definitions throughout the report. 
Operating Segments 
NRW is comprised of three reportable segments, Civil, Mining and Minerals, Energy & Technologies (MET). 
Business activities are conducted primarily in Australia, with engineering offices in Canada and the USA. The 
results for each of the segments are provided below and in note 2 to these accounts. The Civil and MET segment 
results have been presented at EBIT level given the current low level of capital intensity in these segments. The 
Mining segment has been presented at both EBIT and EBITDA levels, recognising that this segment has 
significantly higher capital intensity than the other two segments. 
Commentary on the performance of each segment follows:  
Civil 
The Civil segment specialises in the delivery of private and public civil infrastructure projects, mine development, 
bulk earthworks and commercial and residential subdivisions. Civil construction projects include roads, bridges, 
tailings storage facilities, rail formations, ports, renewable energy projects, water infrastructure and concrete 
installations. 
Results summary ($M) 
 
FY24 
FY23 
Revenue 
655.5 
 
548.0 
 
EBIT 
29.8 
4.5% 
20.7 
3.8% 
Revenue in Civil grew by 19.6% over the prior period reflecting strong demand conditions. Across the spectrum of 
Civil’s capabilities, all sectors experienced strong growth in new project awards. The growth in demand-driven 
revenue was accompanied by an increase in profitability to 4.5%, as excess capacity was utilised and overheads 
spread over a larger revenue base. 
During the period, the Civil segment successfully completed FMG’s Christmas Creek Hall Hub project, whilst work 
on Rio Tinto’s Gudai-Darri Solar Farm (GDSF) entered the testing, commissioning and ramping up phase.  
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

9
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Operating Segments Continued 
The substantial multi-year Pilbara iron ore tonnage replacement and sustaining capital cycle continues to support 
a visible pipeline of new mine developments, expansions and upgrades. The segment continues to undertake Early 
Contractor Involvement (ECI) work for tier one clients, assisting in project development and definition, as well as 
positioning for the forthcoming projects. During the year, the Civil segment in Western Australia secured four new 
sustaining capital projects in the Pilbara for Rio Tinto, two at the West Angelas mine site, the Paraburdoo plant site 
and recently, the Coastal Water Supply Sustaining project. 
In the public sector infrastructure market in Western Australia, NRW Civil was awarded preferred proponent status 
for the Reid Highway Interchanges project - Altone Road and Drumpellier Drive / Daviot Road in January 2024. 
This project, jointly funded (50% each) by the Federal and Western Australian State Governments, will be an 
important contributor to Group results during FY25 and FY26 with commencement expected in late 2024. There is 
a visible pipeline of further public sector projects and current tenders that are being pursued. 
In Queensland, the continuing public infrastructure expenditure programs, flood remediation works, resilient South 
East Queensland residential market and the infrastructure programs that will precede the 2032 Brisbane Olympic 
Games, support a strong outlook for continued growth opportunities. 
Mining 
The Mining segment specialises in mine management, contract mining, load and haul, drill and blast, coal handling 
preparation plants, maintenance services and the fabrication of water and service vehicles. 
Results summary ($M) 
 
FY24 
FY23 
Revenue 
 1,524.9  
 
1,441.0 
 
EBITDA 
 259.3  
17.0% 
234.0 
16.2% 
Depreciation 
 (115.8) 
 
(100.0) 
 
EBIT 
 143.6  
9.4% 
134.1 
9.3% 
Mining continued its historical growth trend despite the uncertainty in specific commodity markets, most notably 
lithium. In a year that experienced relatively normal weather conditions, revenue grew by 5.8% and earnings by 
7.1%. This result included an $8.1 million profit from the disposal of shares held in Spartan Resources Limited 
which were issued in partial satisfaction of NRW’s mining services invoices.  
Key contracts awards and extensions during the year included: 
• 
The CS Energy, four-year $245 million extension at the Kogan Creek Mine; 
• 
The Arcadium Limited, three-year $332 million contract at Mt Cattlin Mine; 
• 
A $160 million variation to Golding’s five-year mining services agreement at the Jellinbah East Mine; and 
• 
A $52 million blasthole drilling services contract with Batchfire Resources at the Callide Mine. 
Prior to year-end, Golding executed an agreement to acquire the mining services contract, associated fleet and 
transfer of the employees of HSE Mining Pty Ltd that are operating at Stanmore Resources Limited’s South Walker 
Creek Mine. This acquisition delivers an existing mining services contract that will generate approximately 
$250 million of revenue over the remaining term to August 2025. 
During the year, the Karara and Mt Webber mining contracts performed ahead of expectations with volumes in 
excess of contract targets and additional scope added by the clients. In the second half of the year, Talison Lithium 
and Arcadium Lithium announced their respective intentions to reduce mine production rates due to the reduction 
in market pricing for their products. The overall impact of these client volume reductions was immaterial over the 
course of the year as rates were renegotiated and capital expenditure deferred. 
Action Drill & Blast delivered strong growth over the year. Importantly, the segment also grew its revenue from third- 
party clients demonstrating the strong standalone capability of the drill and blast services offering. 
AES Equipment Solutions (AES) business also grew in the year. In response to sustained customer demand, AES 
secured a second location, relocating its service and support vehicle manufacturing activities to a larger facility. 
This also freed up space for its mining fleet maintenance, refurbishment and repair business to accelerate the 
delivery of client orders. 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

10
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Operating Segments Continued 
Minerals, Energy & Technologies 
The Minerals, Energy & Technologies (MET) segment includes Primero Group (Primero), RCR Mining Technologies 
(RCR), DIAB Engineering (DIAB) and Overflow Industrial (OFI). Primero is a multidisciplinary engineering business 
that specialises in the design, construction, operation and maintenance of global resource projects across the 
mineral processing, energy and non-process infrastructure market segments. RCR is a leading Original Equipment 
Manufacturer (OEM) that offers innovative materials handling design capability. DIAB is an engineering and 
fabrication services provider to the metals and mining industry and provides specialist maintenance (shutdown 
services and onsite maintenance), industrial engineering and construction services. OFI specialises in industrial 
electrical engineering, automation, switchboard design and manufacture, instrumentation and electrical design and 
construction across a number of sectors including mining and resources, government and defence, fuels and 
explosives, infrastructure, utilities and industrial processing. 
Results summary ($M) 
 
FY24 
FY23 
Revenue 
791.8 
 
729.1 
 
EBIT 
45.5 
5.8% 
30.5 
4.2% 
MET revenue increased 8.6% from FY23. Profitability improved substantially over the prior year to 5.8% with an 
improved performance in the second half of the year. The strong results delivered by the Primero and DIAB 
businesses offset the below-expectations performance of the RCR business. The lower levels of sales activity in 
RCR due to the delayed award of new projects and resultant under recovery of overheads, led to a restructure of 
its cost base and a revised strategy to refocus the business. The profitability of the MET segment is expected to 
continue to improve as the changes take effect. 
Primero 
The Primero business performed very well in FY24 as compared to the prior period when it was completing pre-
COVID-19 fixed-price projects. In FY24, Primero delivered a strong margin driven by the on-plan performance of 
a number of key projects and contracts including: 
• 
The Mount Holland lithium concentrator project for Covalent Lithium which completed construction in July. 
The Primero team then provided commissioning and start-up support services under a separate contract 
through to December when the plant operations were fully handed over to the client’s team; 
• 
The Western Range NPI project for Rio Tinto, although initially delayed by site access issues, achieved 
20% completion and performed in accordance with expectations; 
• 
The KCGM Fimiston Growth Project for Northern Star Resources, awarded in July 2023, achieved over 
9% completion. This progress is ahead of plan with 115 engineering specialists dedicated to the project, 
site civil works well underway and procurement activities exceeding 55% completion; 
• 
FMG Hall Hub for Christmas Creek achieved substantial completion in December, with final installation 
and project completion imminent; 
• 
Pilbara Minerals project P480 was completed during the year and the follow on project P680, secured in 
October, on track for completion in August 2024; and 
• 
Tianqi Lithium commissioning support activities continued during the year and further support packages 
are under negotiation. 
Primero’s North American engineering operations, whilst impacted by a reduction in studies and delays to projects 
caused by the pricing pressures in the global lithium market, delivered positive cash and reasonable profitability as 
initiatives to further diversify the sector focus of the business are implemented.  
RCR 
RCR’s project division was impacted by delays in the award of new contracts which impacted overhead recoveries. 
This was offset by contributions from the support, maintenance and heat treatment divisions which aligned with 
expectations. During the year a number of strategic changes have been implemented to reduce overheads and 
realign operational focus to the OEM product sales and support services, which are expected to deliver an overall 
margin improvement into FY25. 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

11
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Operating Segments Continued 
DIAB 
DIAB performed very well during the year, significantly increasing both revenue and earnings over the prior period, 
reaching record levels. The Lynas Rare Earths contracts for the filter building and associated equipment works 
were completed during the year and a new contract for the Mt Weld expansion project was also secured.  
The results were also supported by construction contracts that include Iluka’s Cataby mining unit, Rio Tinto’s dust 
suppression systems, Gruyere’s crusher fabrication and installation, plant construction for Liontown’s Kathleen 
Valley project and brownfields works at Fimiston for Northern Star Resources. DIAB’s portfolio of repeatable 
maintenance contracts also supported the business’ strong performance. 
OFI 
The integration of OFI into the Group has been completed, and projects incorporating its enhanced capabilities for 
other MET segments are currently being delivered. OFI has a growing presence in the defence and materials 
handling sectors, as evidenced by the award during the year of the electrical services contract for a defence facility 
expansion project at Exmouth and a series of ongoing projects for the CBH Group, both in Western Australia. 
Balance Sheet, Operating Cash Flow and Capital Expenditure 
A summary of the balance sheet as at the end of the current financial year and the previous financial year is 
provided below. 
 
FY24 
FY23 
 
$M 
$M 
Cash 
246.6  
227.6 
Financial debt 
(279.8) 
(260.4) 
Lease debt 
(45.7) 
(51.5) 
Net debt 
(78.8) 
(84.3) 
Property, plant and equipment 
554.2  
491.0 
Right-of-use assets 
39.3  
44.9 
Working capital 
25.2  
8.9 
Investments 
4.4  
26.9 
Current net tax liabilities 
(0.7) 
(0.3) 
Deferred net tax liabilities 
(98.6) 
(90.1) 
Net Tangible Assets 
445.0  
397.0 
Intangibles and goodwill 
207.6  
213.1 
Net Assets 
652.6  
610.1 
Gearing 
12.1% 
13.8% 
Gearing excl. lease debt 
5.1% 
5.4% 
Cash balances in the Group ended the year at $246.6 million, reflecting an 8.4% increase on the 12-month opening 
balance. All banking covenants were in compliance at all times during the year and on 30 June 2024.  
Debt repayments in the year totalled $101.4 million, of which $73.2 million was asset finance repayments. All debt 
repayments were in line with agreements. 
The Group utilised $20.0 million of corporate debt to assist with the settlement payments made to Wärtsilä in the 
first half of the financial year. 
The combined effect of these factors resulted in a decrease in net debt to $78.8 million compared to $84.3 million 
at 30 June 2023, with headline gearing decreasing accordingly to 12.1%. 
Returns to shareholders included a final fully franked dividend for FY23 of 8.0 cents paid in October 2023 and an 
interim fully franked dividend for the current financial year of 6.5 cents paid in April 2024. Overall dividend payments 
in the year totalled $65.7 million. 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

12
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Balance Sheet, Operating Cash Flow and Capital Expenditure Continued 
Working capital increased to $25.2 million from $8.6 million at FY23 due to increases in receivables and inventories, 
offset with increases in provisions and payables, which is consistent with the growth the business has experienced 
over this time. 
The carrying value of investments decreased due to the sale of the total shareholding in Spartan Resources Limited 
(formerly Gascoyne) (ASX: SPR). 
Deferred tax liabilities increased by $8.5 million during the period, mainly due to the use of prior-year Australian tax 
losses. 
Outlook 
Civil 
The macro drivers of resources and public infrastructure expenditure remain positive, continuing to support a 
favourable outlook for the Civil segment. 
In the resources sector, the segment observed that the major iron ore miners remain committed to their previously 
announced capital expenditure programs. The current and most immediate opportunities for the Civil segment are 
sustaining capital projects and the business is presently delivering a number of these and tendering for more.   
The Civil segment is also presently working on tenders and ECI projects for iron ore replacement tonnage 
developments. These are major capital projects that the tier one miners are progressing to deliver replacement 
tonnage for depleting existing mines. These new ore body developments typically require mine site infrastructure 
such as haul roads, tailing storage facilities, rail formations, ore handling and loading infrastructure, utilities, 
warehousing, maintenance and refuelling facilities, all of which the Civil and MET segments have delivered 
historically. 
In addition, the number of carbon reduction projects in the resources sector is also growing which will create further 
opportunities for the Group.  
In the public and private infrastructure sectors, the demand for housing and urban infrastructure continues 
unabated. Population growth in South East Queensland supports a strong pipeline of current projects and 
near-term prospects for the Group’s urban sub-division development business. Further, in both Queensland and 
Western Australia, the continuing housing shortage and population growth support a visible pipeline of transport 
and utility infrastructure projects.  
Work in hand currently totals $0.4 billion and there are current active tenders totalling circa $1.0 billion.  
Mining 
The Mining segment has over 90% of its expected revenue for the forthcoming financial year secured. In addition, 
there are specific near-term opportunities that, if won, would contribute revenue and earnings in FY25, delivering 
growth beyond current expectations. This is a very strong starting position for the new financial year and 
underscores the clear visibility of revenue and earnings for a number of future years. 
In addition to a major near-term metallurgical coal tender, other coal, iron ore and gold mining opportunities are 
presently under consideration. Given the extent of secured contracts, the Group continues its highly disciplined 
approach of selectively targeting those commodities and projects that will deliver the best returns. 
Work in hand currently totals $3.4 billion and there are current active tenders totalling circa $3.5 billion. 
Minerals, Energy & Technologies 
The MET segment has continued to diversify its operations across multiple commodities including iron ore, gold, 
rare earths and battery critical minerals. This diversification has extended beyond mining and minerals processing 
into the growing alternative energy, decarbonisation and defence sectors. A strong pipeline of opportunities and 
increasing activity levels are also supporting the recovery of margins in the MET segment. 
Securing the near $1 billion KCGM Fimiston Growth Project demonstrates the applicability of Primero’s processing 
and construction capability beyond the battery critical minerals expertise for which it is recognised globally. The 
Fimiston project provides revenue visibility across three years and is also a very important demonstration of 
Primero’s capability for other potential gold sector clients.  
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

13
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Outlook Continued 
The diversity of MET capabilities is delivering a range of new and expanded organic growth opportunities. MET 
skills, combined with the Group’s core civil and mining capabilities, now provides the ability for NRW to deliver new 
greenfields resource developments for clients on a fully outsourced basis - mine development through mining 
operations, process plant design and construction, materials handling, operations and maintenance. Potential 
early-stage opportunities for this type of outsourced project development and delivery are being discussed with 
specific customers and are expected to progress to an ECI phase in coming months. 
Beyond core projects such as the P480 and P680 expansions for Pilbara Minerals, the Lynas Minerals plant 
expansions and the key KCGM Fimiston Growth Project for Northern Star, the MET businesses are also developing 
a number of potential new future income streams such as: 
• 
RCR’s recently launched sealed pan feeder, which has secured orders from tier one iron ore majors, has 
a significant capital and operating cost advantage over traditional apron feeders. This new machine will 
be launched globally at the MINEXPO in the US in September 2024; 
• 
To further drive OEM parts and service support sales, RCR is launching a B2B portal targeting the mining 
companies that own RCR OEM equipment globally. This initiative, which is presently being piloted with a 
tier one iron ore miner, could double the current size of RCR’s parts sales business within a few years; 
• 
Primero process engineers have developed potential new methods of producing battery-ready lithium 
compounds. This internally developed IP is in the pilot testing phase and has produced early results which 
when scaled up, could change the current economics of lithium refining and potentially alleviate many of 
the start-up issues that hydroxide refineries currently experience; and 
• 
OFI is developing a modular solution for mine site electrification in conjunction with a tier one iron ore 
miner, that simplifies and standardises in-pit electrification services. They are also supporting another 
NRW company with the internal development of hybrid-powered mining equipment. 
The innovation initiatives that are occurring across MET are expected to enhance competitiveness in the future 
and could also potentially deliver major new sources of income outside of direct contracting. 
Work in hand currently totals $1.1 billion and there are current active tenders totalling circa $1.0 billion. 
Group 
The total Group pipeline is $16.4 billion. Of this amount, $5.5 billion is active tenders. With a strong order book of 
$4.9 billion, the outlook remains very positive. 
Significant Events After Period End  
On 12 June 2024, it was announced that NRW’s wholly-owned subsidiary Golding, had executed an agreement to 
acquire the mining services contract, associated fleet and transfer of the employees that HSE Mining Pty Ltd has 
deployed to Stanmore Resources Limited’s South Walker Creek mine site. The transaction value of $85 million less 
assumed employee liabilities and other closing adjustments, was predominantly funded via NRW’s asset finance 
facilities. The financial close of this transition occurred on 1 August 2024. 
NRW has renegotiated the terms of its secured debt facilities and, as part of this process, introduced two additional 
tier one banks to the structure, now providing access to four banks to support the Group’s funding requirements. 
The new debt finance facilities, which are committed for a multi-year evergreen term, are on materially improved 
commercial terms and pricing. The total value of available debt facilities has increased from $260 million to $450 
million, to facilitate corporate initiatives. The transaction documents for the new facilities were entered into by NRW 
on 7 August 2024 with financial close subject to customary conditions precedent. 
Other than the information disclosed elsewhere in the Directors’ Report and those disclosed above, in the opinion 
of the Directors, there were no other significant events after the reporting period. 
Dividend 
The Directors have declared a final fully franked dividend for the financial year of 9.0 cents per share, following an 
interim fully franked dividend of 6.5 cents per share paid in April 2024. This brings the total fully franked dividend 
for the year to 15.5 cents per share. The final dividend will be paid in October 2024. 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

14
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Directors’ Interests 
The relevant interests of each Director in the ordinary share capital are set out in section 9.2 of the Remuneration 
Report. There were no transactions between entities within the Group and Director-related entities as disclosed in 
note 7.3 of the financial statements. 
Performance Rights Over Unissued Shares or Interests 
As at 30 June 2024, there are 8,329,727 Performance Rights outstanding (2023: 9,242,336). 
Details of Performance Rights granted to Executives as part of their remuneration are set out in the Remuneration 
Report on pages 26 to 46. 
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG) 
Health and Safety 
The health and safety of the Group’s people remained the highest priority in FY24, resulting in another fatality-free 
year. This outcome was due to significant progress on key strategic initiatives and a continuous commitment to 
improving safety culture and leadership. In early 2024, NRW conducted its second employee survey, which verified 
that health and safety remain high priorities for NRW, its employees and stakeholders. 
The Company continued to focus on psychosocial safety, developing a group-wide standard and reporting process 
in line with applicable State Work Health and Safety Acts. Education has been progressing for all levels of the 
Company, from the Board through to operations. Businesses are continuing to make advances in their risk reduction 
plans. 
Another key focus for FY24 was the completion of the first phase of the implementation of the Critical Risk 
Management program. This phase included the identification of critical risks and critical controls, the development 
of NRW’s leader field verifications, Group Critical Risk Management Standard and Protocol and roll-out materials. 
Segments commenced the rollout in January 2024. FY25 will focus on worker verification questions and system 
verifications. 
NRW’s Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate at 30 June 2024 was 4.42 (FY23: 5.00). 
People and Culture 
NRW’s people and their actions have been integral to its achievements over the past year, and the Company is 
grateful for their dedication and contributions. Despite the ongoing competitiveness of the labour market, NRW has 
maintained a strong position that has enabled us to attract and retain a highly skilled and talented workforce, which 
at year-end totalled 7,400 across the Group (FY23: 7,200). 
Throughout the year, NRW has continued to focus on developing safe, inclusive and supportive workplaces. NRW 
has implemented various initiatives across focus areas, such as psychosocial risk management, education, 
development, support, engagement, and reward. Through continuous education initiatives, NRW empowers its 
people with the knowledge and skills necessary for promoting respectful interactions. NRW recognises the critical 
role positive workplace behaviours play in nurturing inclusive environments where every individual feels valued and 
respected. 
Additionally, the development of NRW’s people remains a top priority. NRW has made significant investments in 
leadership training to ensure NRW cultivates a strong and sustainable workforce. NRW’s commitment to leadership 
development ensures that its teams are well-equipped to navigate the complexities of the industry and maintain 
their competitive edge. 
NRW is proud to share that it now has 188 apprentices, 66 graduates, 64 trainees, 20 undergraduates, 2 interns, 
and 6 students on work placements. This supplements many of NRW’s team members participating in formal 
training programs and undertaking various leadership and development courses. NRW’s investment in leadership 
training is a testament to its dedication to fostering a capable and resilient workforce enabled with the skills and 
knowledge for current and future challenges. 
NRW’s commitment to fostering a supportive and progressive work environment ensures that its team is well-
equipped to meet the challenges ahead and continue driving success. 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

15
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure 
Governance 
The Board’s Oversight of Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities 
The NRW Board is responsible for the oversight of the strategic direction across NRW. The Board has delegated 
responsibility for Environmental, Social and Governance-related matters, including climate-related topics, to the 
Sustainability Committee. Together, NRW’s Board and Sustainability Committee oversee the governance of 
climate-related risks and opportunities. 
In accordance with the Sustainability Committee Charter, the Committee is responsible for making 
recommendations to the Board regarding the Company’s climate change strategy, providing oversight to ensure 
both physical and transitional climate-related risks and opportunities which affect the Company’s ability to achieve 
its objectives are identified, assessed and addressed. This includes oversight of a climate change strategy that 
maps the Company’s pathway to a practical and appropriate level of carbon reduction for the business through 
agreed metrics and targets.  
The Sustainability Committee endorses policies that are relevant to the Company’s management of climate-related 
risk, sustainability and other key topics. The Sustainability Committee also oversees the management of specific 
climate-related risks and opportunities through regular review of global best practice, internal compliance programs 
and relevant sustainability frameworks. The NRW Board and Sustainability Committee oversees the progress of 
the sustainability strategy, while the NRW executive team ensures its development and implementation.  
In accordance with the Sustainability Committee Charter, the Committee is required to meet a minimum of two 
times per year, and report to the Board after every meeting. The Sustainability Committee met twice in 2024, and 
minutes from each meeting were made available to Board members. The Chief Health, Safety, Environment and 
Sustainability Officer (Chief HSES Officer) is the executive sponsor of the Sustainability Committee and attends all 
meetings to provide an update on climate-related matters. 
Management’s Role in Assessing and Managing Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities  
The NRW management team is accountable for the strategic and operational leadership and management of the 
Company, which includes consideration of climate-related risks and opportunities. The Chief HSES Officer is 
responsible for coordinating and updating the Board and Sustainability Committee on the progress of activities 
related to climate at each Sustainability Committee meeting.  
Supporting the Chief HSES Officer are the Sustainability Working Group and the Carbon Reduction Working Group, 
formed to optimise alignment across the Group and monitor progress on the implementation of ESG-related matters 
included in the Group Sustainability Strategy. The Carbon Reduction Working Group focuses on climate-related 
risks and opportunities and reduction projects to reduce NRW’s carbon footprint. The working group supports the 
integration of the climate change strategy into each NRW segment and is key to progressing internal Greenhouse 
Gas (GHG) targets across operations, ensuring these are aligned with Company commitments. Climate-related 
risks and opportunities and agreed actions are discussed in these forums and escalated, when required, to the 
Sustainability Committee via the Chief HSES Officer. The working groups are comprised of subject matter experts 
from each business, responsible for informing their management group about the Group strategy, climate-related 
risks and opportunities.  
In addition to communication from working group members, the management team is kept abreast of climate issues 
through reporting and updates from the Chief HSES Officer and various knowledge-sharing methods by industry 
experts (e.g., training, webinars, subscriptions). The Chief HSES Officer is due to complete his Masters in 
Sustainable Leadership in 2025.  
NRW’s Chief HSES Officer is responsible for coordinating, reviewing, monitoring and reporting to the Sustainability 
Committee where appropriate, on matters including:  
• 
The coordination and review of climate-related risks, strategy and reporting; 
• 
The development and implementation of initiatives regarding emissions reduction; 
• 
The policies and systems for ensuring compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements 
associated with climate-related matters; and 
• 
The Group’s reporting regarding climate-related matters.  
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

16
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure Continued 
Strategy 
Identified Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities Over the Short, Medium and Long term 
In conducting its climate risk assessment, NRW evaluated climate-related risks and opportunities over three distinct 
time horizons: short term (up to 2030), medium term (2031 - 2040), and long term (2041 and beyond). The time 
horizons selected extend past the normal expected useful life of the Company’s assets, and therefore climate-
related risks related to the Company’s assets have been considered as part of this assessment (see note 3.3 of 
the Annual Financial Statements). Climate-related opportunities have not been assessed at this stage. 
Physical Risk  
 
NRW has identified the following physical climate-related risks as having the potential to impact the Group.  
 
Risk 
Timeframe 
Potential Financial Impacts 
Risk Mitigation Steps 
Acute 
 
 
 
• 
Increase in frequency 
and severity of 
extreme weather 
events. 
Short to  
Long Term 
Impacts:  
• 
Increased operating costs due to 
additional project downtime / 
delays or the potential for 
liquidated damages. 
• 
Decreased revenue due to lower 
productivity resulting from supply 
chain or freight disruptions. 
• 
Damage to assets increasing 
capital costs of repairs. 
• 
Increased costs for insurance 
premiums for operations in certain 
geographical areas. 
• 
Project / location-specific risk 
assessments that consider the short 
and medium-term risk of inclement 
weather and bushfire. 
• 
Continue to operate across 
geographically diverse locations. 
• 
Record keeping and reporting to 
enable forecasting and planning to 
minimise impact of extreme weather 
events. 
• 
Contractual mitigating factors such 
as allowance for additional wet 
weather days. 
Chronic 
 
 
 
• 
Changes in 
precipitation patterns 
and extreme variability 
in weather patterns. 
• 
Rising mean 
temperatures. 
Medium to  
Long Term  
Impacts:  
• 
Decreased revenue due to lower 
productivity resulting from supply 
chain or freight disruptions. 
• 
Increased costs due to the 
negative employee health impacts 
from working in areas with volatile 
weather patterns or hostile work 
environments. 
• 
Increased costs for insurance 
premiums for operations in certain 
geographical areas. 
• 
Decreased revenue from 
unfeasible projects in 
geographical areas of high risk. 
• 
Project / location-specific risk 
assessments that consider the short 
and medium-term risk of inclement 
weather, heat and bushfire. 
• 
Continue to operate across 
geographically diverse locations. 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

17
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure Continued 
Transitional Risk  
NRW has identified the following transitional climate-related risks as having the potential to impact the Group.  
Risk 
Timeframe 
Potential Financial Impacts 
Risk Mitigation Steps 
Policy and Legal 
 
 
 
• 
GHG emissions pricing. 
• 
Enhanced climate-
reporting obligations. 
• 
Mandates on or regulation 
of assets and services 
that are emissions 
intensive. 
• 
Exposure to litigation. 
Short to 
Medium 
Term 
• 
Increased operating costs due to 
pricing of GHG emissions within the 
mining and mining services market. 
• 
Increased operating costs due to 
increased compliance burden on 
mining services companies. 
• 
Increased costs for insurance 
premiums for operating in certain 
industries (e.g., mining, mining 
services), geographical areas (e.g., 
high-risk areas such as the Pilbara or 
North Queensland) or operating 
certain assets (such as large 
manufacturing facilities). 
• 
Build internal capability to 
monitor, respond to and 
communicate policy and 
regulatory changes.  
• 
Adopt and comply with best 
practice climate disclosure 
regimes to prepare for mandatory 
legislative requirements.  
• 
Develop and implement a carbon 
reduction roadmap to reduce the 
impact of future policy and 
pricing. 
• 
Maintain appropriate insurance 
coverage. 
Technology 
 
 
 
• 
Substitution of existing 
products and services with 
lower emissions options. 
• 
Costs to transition to lower 
emissions technologies. 
• 
Uncertainty / reliability and 
availability of new 
technologies. 
• 
Human resource 
availability and skills 
required in adoption of 
new technologies. 
Short to 
Long Term 
• 
Increased operating costs due to 
write-offs and impairment of existing 
emissions-intensive assets such as 
large mining fleet. 
• 
Reduced revenue from decreased 
demand for emissions intensive 
products and services. 
• 
Increased capital costs to transition to 
lower-emissions technologies such as 
the capital costs associated with 
purchasing lower-emissions fleet. 
• 
Increased operating costs to adopt 
and deploy new technologies within 
the business. 
• 
Develop strategic partnerships 
with suppliers, industry experts 
and OEM’s to stay abreast of 
technological advances to 
incorporate into future business 
planning. 
• 
Build internal capability to adopt 
and deploy new technologies. 
• 
Ensure fleet strategy includes 
assessment of the lifespan of 
emissions-intensive equipment 
against external carbon reduction 
expectations. 
Market 
 
 
 
• 
Changing and uncertain 
market signals, client and 
consumer behaviour. 
• 
Increased input costs of 
emissions-intensive 
products, services and 
materials. 
Short to 
Medium 
Term 
• 
Reduced revenue from decreased 
demand for emissions-intensive 
products and services such as thermal 
coal mining. 
• 
Increased operating costs due to 
increased input prices from carbon 
taxes and compliance obligations. 
• 
Diversify service offerings to 
clients to include low-carbon 
emissions products / services. 
• 
Continue to operate across a 
broad range of future-focused 
minerals and technologies. 
• 
Reduce exposure to thermal coal 
contracts. 
Reputation 
 
 
 
• 
Shifts in client or 
consumer preferences. 
• 
Reputational damage if 
climate action is viewed 
as inadequate. 
• 
Increased societal and 
stakeholder pressure to 
increase disclosure and 
targets. 
• 
Stigmatisation of certain 
commodities or sectors. 
Short to 
Medium 
Term 
• 
Reduced revenue from decreased 
demand for emissions-intensive 
products and services such as thermal 
coal mining. 
• 
Increased operating costs for 
workforce attraction and retention 
resulting from the negative impacts of 
emission-intensive activities, sectors, 
and commodities NRW works in. 
• 
Decreased revenue and ability to win 
new work if NRW is not proactive with 
response to climate and carbon 
reduction. 
• 
Reduced access to capital due to 
exposure to certain emissions-
intensive industries and commodities. 
• 
Increased costs to build capability and 
capacity to stay abreast of stakeholder 
expectations and associated reporting. 
• 
Continue to operate across a 
broad range of future-focused 
minerals and technologies. 
• 
Develop and communicate a 
carbon reduction strategy to 
ensure stakeholders understand 
pathway to reducing carbon 
footprint. 
• 
Maintain an honest and 
transparent approach through 
enhanced reporting and 
disclosure, and upskilling internal 
employees to perform in a way 
that meets stakeholder 
expectations. 
• 
Continue to engage with clients, 
capital providers and investors to 
understand expectations. 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

18
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure Continued 
Impact of Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities on the Group’s Segments, Strategy and Financial 
Planning 
Climate change presents significant challenges and opportunities that influence NRW's business, strategy and 
financial planning as NRW transitions towards a low-carbon economy.  
Climate-related risks and opportunities impact the NRW business through:  
• 
Carbon Reduction and Operational Efficiency: NRW is committed to reducing its carbon footprint, 
particularly in Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions, to mitigate the environmental impact of its 
operations. NRW is implementing renewable energy systems across a number of its manufacturing 
facilities, mostly in Western Australia. Where appropriate, NRW is transitioning light vehicle fleet to hybrid 
or electric vehicles to lower fuel consumption, and investing in modernised, hybrid road transport options 
to minimise diesel usage in transportation activities.  
• 
Products / Services: NRW leverages opportunities presented by the evolving global climate agenda 
through the provision of new product and service offerings, such as the AES business which manufactures 
battery electric vehicle bodies for clients.  
• 
Supply Chain: NRW's procurement team actively works with suppliers, demonstrating decarbonisation 
efforts.  
• 
Partnerships and Innovation: NRW fosters partnerships with suppliers, industry experts and original 
equipment manufacturers to leverage technological advancements as well as increase industry cross-
collaboration, learning and improved outcomes.   
• 
Investment in Technology: By integrating modern technologies into operations, NRW enhances 
efficiency, reduces costs and meets evolving environmental standards.  
Climate-related risks and opportunities impact NRW’s strategy through:  
• 
Business Combinations: NRW is focused on growth, which is often delivered through acquisitions. NRW 
carefully considers the climate-related risks associated with any acquisition and ensures any risk identified 
fits within the risk tolerance of the Company. Specific climate-related considerations include whether the 
business fits within desired commodity exposure mix, and whether the useful life of assets acquired is 
consistent with the transition to low-carbon alternatives.  
• 
Commodity Mix: NRW acknowledges the mining sector's pivotal role in the global energy transition and 
is diversifying its portfolio to include critical minerals essential for the low-carbon economy. This strategic 
shift positions NRW to capitalise on opportunities in future-focused minerals and technologies, focusing 
on early works, mining and minerals infrastructure.  
• 
Access to Customers / Reputational Considerations: NRW recognises that staying at the forefront of 
technology is essential for maintaining stakeholder trust and securing future business opportunities. This 
commitment ensures NRW retains client confidence by demonstrating dedication to responsible practices.  
• 
Access to Finance: NRW’s strategy requires securing funding for the acquisition of businesses and 
assets, which could be restricted without addressing climate-related considerations. NRW works closely 
with its banks to ensure appropriate and fairly valued asset purchases and a smooth transition to lower-
emission models. 
Climate-related risks and opportunities impact NRW’s financial planning through:  
• 
Assets: Climate-related risks and opportunities influence NRW's financial planning by impacting the 
determination of useful lives, depreciation rates and asset impairments, aligning with NRW’s climate-
related commitments. These impacts have been considered in the assessment of recoverable amounts 
for assets or segments within the Group, aligning impairment testing with climate-related risks.  
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

19
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure Continued 
Risk Management  
Processes for Identifying and Assessing Climate-Related Risks 
NRW has established robust processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks. This begins with 
thorough data gathering from both internal and external sources. NRW leverages these insights to identify potential 
risks and assess the impacts on its business through a comprehensive climate risk assessment. The climate risk 
assessment was done through a workshop which was conducted with engagement from each of its business units 
to identify and assess the impact of these climate-related risks on the business across short, medium and long-
term time horizons.   
Climate-related risks identified during the assessment were categorised in accordance with the Taskforce for 
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures’ recommendations (under both transition and physical risks) and integrated 
into the enterprise-wide risk register where considered material under NRW’s enterprise-wide risk framework.   
Each identified risk undergoes a detailed evaluation of its potential likelihood and consequence (e.g., financial, 
operational, reputational) which are assessed in a manner consistent with the enterprise-wide risk process. This 
ensures that climate-related risks are consistently assessed alongside other enterprise-wide risks for appropriate 
risk prioritisation by the business.  
NRW’s approach also includes continuous monitoring and assessment of existing and emerging regulatory 
requirements related to climate change. This involves staying informed about emissions regulations, mandatory 
climate reporting, carbon pricing mechanisms and other policies that could impact business operations and 
compliance obligations. Any existing or emerging regulatory requirements identified are added to the risk register 
in accordance with the process above.   
Processes for Managing Climate-Related Risk 
NRW’s governance framework encompasses policies, standards and procedures to manage risk, including climate-
related risk. The organisation actively evaluates the impacts of climate risks across its operations and seeks to 
implement risk mitigation strategies that are appropriate for both the business and the risk itself. These risk 
mitigation strategies, once identified, are documented within the enterprise-wide risk register. This register serves 
as a central repository where risks are prioritised based on their significance and potential impact, guiding 
discussions with the Risk Committee and, where required, the Board. For climate-related risks identified by the 
climate risk assessment, risk mitigation strategies are outlined above.  
Material climate-related risks are disclosed in the ‘Corporate Governance and Risk Management’ section of NRW’s 
Annual Financial Statements and include commentary on NRW’s risk mitigation strategies.  
Integration of Climate-Related Risk into Risk Management 
NRW takes a consistent approach to risk management across its business through a structured approach to 
identifying, assessing and managing material risks, including climate-related risks, for inclusion in the enterprise-
wide risk register. NRW seeks to understand the potential for climate-related transition and physical risks to impact 
its business, in particular the possible impact on financial, operational and reputational risks.   
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

20
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure Continued 
Metrics And Targets 
Metrics Used to Assess Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities 
NRW quantifies and measures Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions in accordance with the Australian National 
Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (NGER Act) and adopts the carbon emissions boundary based on 
‘operational control’.   
As contractors in the civil, resources and infrastructure sectors, NRW monitors GHG emissions on mine sites 
relative to its contracted workload (i.e. emissions intensity), which is calculated in relation to revenue (measured in 
millions of dollars). This method provides a consistent metric to assess and manage climate-related risks and 
performance, ensuring adjustments for fluctuations in business activity are accounted for.    
To generate NRW’s emissions intensity, the total Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions are divided by the total 
Group revenue. This metric provides a normalised view of emissions relative to economic output, enabling better 
performance tracking over time.  
The short-term incentive program for leaders includes the requirement for one Environmental, Social and / or 
Governance objective where appropriate. This ensures the leadership team is accountable not only for financial 
performance but also for advancing sustainable practices and fostering positive social and environmental outcomes 
within the organisation. 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG Emissions and Related Risks  
NRW has determined its GHG emissions boundary using the definition of ‘operational control’ as prescribed by the 
NGER Act. Please see below FY24 GHG emissions information for NRW:  
Energy & Emissions  
FY24  
FY23 (1) 
Scope 1 (ktCO2-e)  
11.30 
9.30  
Scope 2 (ktCO2-e)  
4.33 
3.57  
Total Scope 1 & Scope 2 (ktCO2-e)  
15.63 
12.87  
Emissions Intensity (Scope 1 + Scope 2) (tCO2-e / $M AUD)  
5.36 
4.82  
Energy Consumption (GJ)  
197,429 
166,238  
Energy Intensity (GJ / $M AUD)  
67.8 
62.3  
Revenue ($M)  
2,913 
2,667  
(1) 
Revised from previous report due to updates in reported operational boundaries and corrected emission factors used. 
NRW’s GHG emission values are directly related to the volume of contracted projects within our ‘operational 
control’. Effectively managing these emissions and implementing reduction strategies remains a significant 
challenge. NRW’s Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions and energy consumption have increased from prior year, 
primarily driven by the additional one civil and seven urban projects across the business. 
NRW recognises the risk of an increased carbon footprint in the future as a result of winning more projects where 
the Company is deemed to have 'operational control'. NRW is actively collaborating with teams to identify and 
implement measures to reduce emissions at these sites. NRW remains committed to addressing this challenge as 
NRW continues to invest in strategies and technologies aimed at achieving a 25% reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 
2 emissions by 2030.   
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

21
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure Continued 
Targets Used to Manage Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities and Performance 
NRW is committed to aligning with the Australian Government’s Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC) to 
reduce GHG emissions(1).  
NRW is committed to a 25% reduction in Scope 1(2) and Scope 2(3) GHG emissions from 2020 levels(4) by 2030(5). 
NRW will achieve this commitment through:  
• 
Implementation of Renewable Energy(6): Where viable, NRW will actively install renewable energy 
systems across its facilities(7) to minimise emissions associated with electricity consumption. This includes 
the installation of solar panels and other renewable energy technologies to reduce reliance on grid 
electricity and lower its carbon footprint.  
• 
Transitioning to Hybrid or Electric Vehicles: NRW will prioritise the adoption of hybrid or electric 
vehicles to reduce fuel usage within the light vehicle fleet(8). By gradually replacing conventional vehicles 
with more sustainable alternatives, NRW aims to significantly lower Scope 1 emissions.  
• 
Investing in Modernised and Hybrid Road Transport: NRW is committed to assessing and where 
viable, investing in modernised and / or hybrid road transport options(9) to minimise diesel consumption 
within transport activities. This includes exploring the latest advancements in transportation technology 
and incorporating them into NRW’s logistics and operations.  
To track progress and ensure accountability, NRW is establishing the following performance metrics and monitoring 
processes:  
• 
Annual GHG Emissions Reporting: NRW will report Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions annually, 
providing transparency on progress towards the 2030 target. This reporting will be in line with the 
standards set by the NGER Act.  
• 
Energy Consumption and Efficiency Metrics: NRW will monitor and report on total energy consumption 
and energy efficiency improvements. This will help identify areas where NRW can further reduce 
emissions and enhance operational efficiency.  
• 
Renewable Energy Adoption: NRW will monitor the installation and performance of renewable energy 
systems across facilities. 
 
(1) 
NRW has aligned to the Australian Government’s NDC of 43% on 2005 level by factoring in the Government’s progress from 2005 levels to 
its baseline year, being 2020. Between 2005 and 2020, the Australian Government achieved an 18% reduction in total carbon emissions. 
Therefore, from 2020 to 2030 (NRW’s commitment period) the Australia Government must get an additional 25% reduction in carbon 
emissions to achieve it’s 43% NDC target. 
(2) 
NRW classifies Scope 1 GHG emissions in line with the NGER Act scheme established by the NGER Act. NRW assesses its organisation 
boundary based on the concepts of operational control as defined in the NGER Act and includes facilities under its operational control where 
there is no Reporting Transfer Certificate (RTC) in place under the NGER Act. NRW classifies Scope 1 GHG emissions in line with the NGER 
Act. NRW assesses its organisation boundary based on the concepts of operational control as defined in the NGER Act and includes facilities 
under its operational control where there is no Reporting Transfer Certificate (RTC) in place. The Company will exclude project-related carbon 
emissions from its Scope 1 target footprint due to the variability and visibility of contract works over NRW’s Commitment Period, which primarily 
relates to both the civil and urban projects. 
(3) 
NRW classifies Scope 2 GHG emissions in line with the NGER scheme established by the NGER Act. NRW assesses its organisation 
boundary based on the concepts of operational control as defined in the NGER Act and includes facilities under its operational control where 
there is no RTC in place under the NGER Act. 
(4) 
NRW’s 2020 levels will be based on its assessment of GHG emissions under the NGER Act for the financial year ended 30 June 2020. NRW’s 
2020 baseline will be adjusted for any material transactions based on GHG emissions at the time of the transaction. 
(5) 
Achievement of NRW’s 2030 target will be based on its assessment of GHG emissions under the NGER Act for the financial year ended 30 
June 2030. 
(6) 
Renewable energy includes energy generated from the installation of solar panels and similar structures on NRW-owned and leased premises, 
in addition to electricity drawn from the State-owned electricity grid which would include a portion of renewable energy. 
(7) 
Refers to facilities under NRW’s operational control as defined in the NGER Act. 
(8) 
Refers to fleet under NRW’s operational control as defined in the NGER Act. 
(9) 
Refers to transport fleet under NRW’s operational control as defined in the NGER Act. 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

22
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations  
The Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Corporate Governance Council sets out best practice 
recommendations, including corporate governance practices and suggested disclosures, through the ASX 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (the ASX Recommendations). ASX Listing Rule 4.10.3 
requires companies to disclose the extent to which they have complied with the ASX Recommendations and to 
provide reasons for not following them. 
The NRW Board endorses the ASX Recommendations, which have been fully adopted by the Company for the 
year ended 30 June 2024. Please see the Company’s Appendix 4G and accompanying Corporate Governance 
Statement, which are released on the ASX platform annually, for further information. 
The Company also has a Corporate Governance section on its website: www.nrw.com.au which includes the 
relevant documentation suggested for disclosure by the ASX Recommendations. 
Material Business Risks 
Risk is an inherent part of NRW’s business, and managing risks is critical to the Company’s ability to deliver on its 
strategic objectives. There are several risk factors, both specific to the Company and of a general nature, that may 
impact the future operating and financial performance of the Group. The performance of the Company is also 
influenced by a variety of general economic and business conditions, including interest rates, exchange rates, 
access to debt and capital markets, and government policies. 
Material risks that could adversely affect the Company are identified below, along with commentary on the risks 
and mitigating actions. The risks are not listed in order of significance, nor are they all-encompassing; rather, they 
reflect the most significant risks identified at an enterprise-wide or consolidated level. 
Workplace Health and Safety 
NRW recognises its moral and legal responsibilities to provide a safe and healthy work environment for all 
employees and contractors, including addressing psychosocial hazards. Any failure to adequately address these 
responsibilities could result in serious injury and/or death and negatively impact the Company’s reputation and 
profitability, including through significant fines, temporary shutdowns of operations/sites or the inability to win new 
work due to reputational damage. 
Mitigation actions include an ongoing work program to embed a safety culture across the business through training 
and leadership programs. These programs focus on critical risk management and control verification processes, 
which provide the framework for managing serious injury and fatality risk. The Group also maintains high standards 
for safety systems, policies, and procedures for all businesses, overseen by health and safety specialists at all 
levels of the organisation. 
Market 
NRW’s financial performance is influenced by the level of activity in the resources and mining industry and the 
construction and engineering sector, impacted by factors outside NRW’s control. These factors include the demand 
for mining production, influenced by commodity prices, exchange rates, the competitiveness of Australian mining 
operations, macroeconomic cycles (particularly capital expenditure in natural resources), and government 
infrastructure policy. Other influencing factors are mine owners' policies, including decisions to undertake their own 
mining operations or to outsource these functions, the availability and cost of key resources, and the rate of 
technological improvements within the resources and mining industry, including new competing technologies. 
Furthermore, NRW operates in a competitive market, making it difficult to predict whether new contracts will be 
awarded due to multiple factors influencing how clients evaluate potential service providers. 
Mitigation actions include developing a diversified service offering with contractual counterparties in infrastructure 
and across a range of commodities in the resources sector. NRW also continues to monitor the market for new 
technologies relevant to NRW’s business and deploys such technologies where appropriate. 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND  
RISK MANAGEMENT

23
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Material Business Risks Continued 
Loss of Contracts / Reduction in Contract Scope 
NRW’s revenue is subject to underlying contracts with varying terms. There is a risk that NRW’s contracts may be 
cancelled (whether for convenience or with cause) or may not be renewed if NRW’s clients decide to reduce their 
levels of spending, potentially reducing revenue generated on those projects. 
Contract operations are also vulnerable to interruptions due to factors beyond NRW’s control, including prolonged 
heavy rainfall or cyclones, geological instability, accidents or unsafe conditions, equipment breakdowns, industrial 
relations issues and scarcity of materials and equipment. Interruptions to existing operations or delays in 
commencing operations experienced by NRW’s clients may result in lost revenue and, in some circumstances, 
additional costs for NRW, adversely affecting NRW’s business, results of operations, and financial condition. 
NRW also depends on its clients’ assessments of the financial viability of their projects, ensuring they have access 
to sufficient funding to meet project working capital and debt covenant requirements. If a client fails to obtain 
sufficient funding or meet its working capital or debt covenant requirements, the client may scale back or cancel its 
contract with NRW, adversely impacting NRW’s financial performance. 
Mitigation actions include working closely with NRW’s clients to understand their issues and identify opportunities 
where NRW can assist in minimising the impact of the identified issues. NRW also focuses on contract terms and 
conditions to ensure operational interruptions outside of NRW’s control are appropriately priced into the tender, or 
relief under the contract terms and conditions is prescribed to ensure fair and equitable outcomes for the business. 
Delivery Performance 
NRW’s execution and delivery of projects involve judgement regarding the planning, development and 
management of complex operating facilities and equipment. As a result, NRW’s operations, cash flows and liquidity 
could be affected if the resources or time needed to complete a project are miscalculated, if it fails to meet 
contractual obligations, or if it encounters delays or unspecified conditions. Some of NRW’s contracts are ‘lump 
sum’ in nature, and if costs exceed the contracted price, these amounts may not be recovered. From time to time, 
variations to the planned scope occur or issues arise during the construction phase of a project that were not 
anticipated at the time of the bid. This may give rise to claims under the contract with the clients in the ordinary 
course of business. If these claims are not resolved in the ordinary course of business, they may enter formal 
dispute, and the outcome upon resolution may be materially different from the position taken by NRW. 
NRW is also exposed to input costs through its operations, such as fuel, energy sources, equipment and personnel. 
If these costs cannot be passed on to customers in a timely manner, or at all, NRW’s financial performance could 
be adversely affected. If NRW materially underestimates the cost of providing services, equipment, or plant, there 
is a risk of a negative impact on NRW’s financial performance. 
Mitigation actions include developing robust tender and contract review processes to identify risk and develop 
specific mitigation plans to address issues as they arise. A number of contracts include a rise and fall clause that 
mitigates changes in input costs to NRW. Additionally, NRW invests in its management and reporting systems and 
conducts regular business and project reviews to provide early warnings and implement corrective actions. 
Access to Resources 
NRW’s growth and profitability may be limited by the loss of key management or operational personnel or due to 
the inability to recruit and retain skilled and experienced staff. NRW operates in an environment where competition 
for personnel has increased significantly, driven by high construction activity and strong commodity demand. This 
restriction on available labour combined with the competitive labour market may lead to higher staff turnover, 
increased labour costs and lower productivity. 
Further, NRW relies on third-party equipment to perform contract obligations, which may not be available or may 
be subject to pricing premiums to secure appropriate equipment. NRW’s supply chain is reliant on overseas 
sourcing and normal logistical support timeframes. Without these, NRW could experience delays in project 
timeframes, leading to increased costs. 
Mitigation actions include maintaining a database of staff who have worked on all Company projects and pricing 
contracts to include estimates of the costs required to attract the right people. NRW has also developed strong 
working relationships with several equipment suppliers to ensure equipment requirements are understood ahead 
of time and to minimise any potential risk around availability. 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND  
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

24
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Material Business Risks Continued 
Financial 
NRW requires sufficient cash flow to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company’s ability to access 
cash could be impacted by counterparty risk, poor project performance and the inability of the businesses to 
repatriate cash on a timely basis. This could result in the withdrawal of financial support or an increased cost to 
finance the businesses’ operations. 
NRW also requires access to capital to meet the Group’s future growth ambitions and other funding requirements. 
The inability to access cash could impact the Group’s ability to win new work, fund future growth plans, and deliver 
on its overall strategic objectives. 
Mitigation actions include a proactive approach to treasury management, the scale of the business and the large 
number of counterparties and projects that contribute to the Group’s cash flows such that NRW is not reliant on 
any one project or counterparty. Additionally, the Company maintains a stringent approach to cash flow forecasting 
to monitor and manage minimum liquidity levels within the Group to meet financial obligations. NRW also maintains 
a disciplined capital allocation process, ensuring an appropriately balanced debt and equity capital structure to 
fund growth opportunities. 
Engineering Design 
NRW operates as a ‘design, construct and operate’ contractor in the engineering sector and as a Build-Own-
Operate service provider. Such projects and contracts place an obligation on NRW to design ‘fit for purpose’ 
infrastructure and provide warranties to such effect. Any failure in design may expose NRW to contractual claims 
for breach of ‘fit for purpose’ or design obligations. 
NRW constructs complex processing plants and infrastructure that may operate under extreme conditions. The 
potential for failure of components or NRW’s design is present. If this failure results in a loss to NRW, it may be 
exposed to rectification costs under warranties at its own expense. Funding such potential expenses may place 
additional unforeseen pressure on NRW’s cash flow. 
Mitigation actions include maintaining professional indemnity insurance and engaging appropriate third-party 
design consultants for complex or specialist design expertise. 
Environmental, Social and Governance Responsibility 
NRW’s stakeholders have expectations regarding a range of important environmental, social and governance 
matters. A failure to acknowledge and adequately address these expectations could negatively impact NRW’s 
reputation and profitability. Investing in ESG programs and strategies to meet stakeholder expectations could also 
increase NRW’s cost structure. 
NRW is committed to operating sustainably and responsibly to deliver lasting value to its stakeholders by minimising 
its environmental footprint, making a positive social impact, and applying ethical business and governance 
practices across the Group. 
Mitigation actions include engaging with stakeholders to understand material ESG topics, embedding pragmatic 
ESG practices across the organisation and focusing on ESG reporting that aligns with global best practices. 
Climate-Related Risks 
NRW operates in industries that may have a negative impact on the environment, including GHG emissions, and 
recognises the potential challenges posed by climate risk. Responding to these challenges is critical to NRW’s 
ability to operate sustainably. Risks include reduced activity levels in certain sectors, the physical and transitional 
risks associated with moving to a low-carbon economy (e.g., ensuring its mining fleet meets current and forecast 
client demand) and increased government policy and mandates. 
Mitigation actions include incorporating climate-related risks and opportunities into strategic decision-making 
processes; updating risk management processes to include climate-related risks and opportunities; identifying and 
implementing opportunities to reduce NRW’s carbon footprint; offering clients low-carbon solutions to support their 
emissions reduction targets; partnering with the industry to invest in and drive low-emissions technology 
development; setting clear and practical objectives and actions in response to climate change; and adopting and 
reporting against the Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosures recommendations as a precursor to the 
Australian Sustainability Reporting Standards. 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND  
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

25
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Material Business Risks Continued 
Regulatory Compliance 
NRW must meet regulatory requirements that are subject to continual review, including inspection by regulatory 
authorities. Failure to comply with regulatory requirements or take satisfactory corrective action in response to 
adverse inspection findings could result in enforcement actions. 
NRW operates in a regulated environment with the potential for significant penalties for non-compliance with 
applicable laws and regulations. The Company’s future growth prospects rely on its ability to market its services, 
and any regulatory change, event or enforcement action restricting those activities could materially impact NRW’s 
growth and future financial performance. Amendments to current laws and regulations governing operations or 
more stringent implementation of laws and regulations could adversely impact NRW, including increased expenses, 
capital expenditure and costs. 
NRW is also dependent on various technical and financial accreditations to operate the business, including safety 
accreditations, quality assurance standards, technical accreditations and financial accreditations. Any failure to 
maintain or comply with accreditation can impact NRW’s eligibility to participate in certain projects and sectors. 
Mitigation actions include monitoring regulatory and legislative changes that impact the organisation and ensuring 
NRW is monitoring and up to date with its compliance obligations. 
Intellectual Property 
NRW’s ability to leverage innovation and expertise depends upon its ability to protect intellectual property and any 
improvements to it. Such intellectual property may not be capable of being legally protected and may be subject to 
unauthorised disclosure or unlawful infringement. NRW may incur substantial costs in asserting or defending its 
intellectual property rights. 
Mitigation actions include continual internal assessment to identify potential intellectual property and, where 
possible, the legal protection of such rights. 
Cyber Security and Data Protection 
NRW relies on information technology systems and networks for a variety of business activities, exposing it to the 
growing frequency and sophistication of cyber security attacks. These attacks include the misuse and release of 
sensitive information, denial of service and ransomware attacks. Information technology security threats can arise 
from user error or cyber security attacks designed to gain unauthorised access to NRW’s systems, networks and 
data. The potential consequences of a material cyber security attack include reputational damage, litigation with 
third parties, government enforcement actions, penalties, disruption to systems, unauthorised release of 
confidential or otherwise protected information, data corruption and increased cyber security protection and 
remediation costs. This, in turn, could adversely affect the Company’s competitiveness, results of operations and 
financial condition. 
Mitigation actions include significant investment in people, systems and infrastructure to protect NRW’s information 
technology systems and networks. Measures include encryption, multi-factor authentication, penetration testing, 
provision of anti-malware/endpoint detection and response software, IT security awareness and training materials, 
and business resilience planning. 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND  
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

26
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
LETTER FROM CHAIRPERSON OF THE NOMINATION & REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
Dear Fellow Shareholders, 
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Company’s Remuneration Report (the Report) for the financial 
year ended 30 June 2024, my first Report since being appointed Chairperson of the Nomination & Remuneration 
Committee (N&RC, the Committee).  
Having served on the Committee for a number of years, I am aware that the Company’s remuneration framework 
has not always met the expectations of all shareholders and disappointingly, has resulted in the Company receiving 
a “strike” at consecutive Annual General Meetings. This is not a pleasing result, as the Committee has consistently 
worked to diligently balance the expectations of our shareholders alongside fairly remunerating our highly 
experienced and capable Executive Management Team consistent with independent remuneration advice that is 
benchmarked against a relevant peer group. In a bid to close this gap, the Company has again worked hard to 
engage on these matters and taken action to amend our remuneration disclosure and frameworks to improve trust 
and transparency with shareholders. In this Report, we have included additional commentary that explains how the 
Committee and the Board govern and assess the remuneration practices of the Company. 
We are proud of our continued success and the Company’s exceptional performance in the 2024 financial year, with 
strong financial and strategic outcomes delivered. I would like to thank our dedicated workforce of 7,400 for another 
successful year of safely delivering projects for our clients. Our people are our most important resource and we 
acknowledge the vital contributions made by all our teams working across our business. We would also like to extend 
a warm welcome to the 539 HSE personnel joining our business this year, we look forward to your contribution in the 
years to come. 
Highlights for FY24 include: 
• 
Revenue of $2,913.0 million consistent with guidance; 
• 
EBITA of $195.1 million, NRW’s highest ever EBITA result, exceeding the guidance range of $175.0 million 
to $185.0 million, with a strong net profit after tax result of $105.1 million; 
• 
Order book of circa $5.5 billion, including repeat business; and 
• 
Cash holdings of $246.6 million with conversion of 95% of EBITDA. 
The value created for shareholders in FY24 included an annual share price increase of 22.1% as at 30 June and 
franked dividends for FY24 of 15.5 cents per share. 
To continue to thrive in the current tight labour market, the Company’s remuneration structures must remain 
consistently competitive to attract, motivate and retain our highly skilled employees, including our Executives. To 
achieve this, the Company is committed to offering competitive rewards to attract and retain an experienced and 
high-performing workforce whilst ensuring our remuneration principles support performance outcomes and the 
creation of shareholder value. 
Remuneration Outcomes in FY24 
We believe the remuneration outcomes for FY24 reflect the performance of the Company and are aligned with the 
experience of shareholders. 
Short-Term Incentive Scheme (STI) 
Our STI Plan outcomes are measured as at 30 June each year, following a one-year performance period and vest 
post-approval of the financial statements by the Board of Directors. In FY24, the team has successfully delivered a 
strong set of results, improving on the performance of FY23 by delivering record revenue and earnings. Based on 
this, 100% (FY23: 89%) of the short-term incentive has vested to our CEO, as set out in section 6.1 of the Report. 
The plan also includes strategic targets that have been reviewed and assessed by the N&RC and appropriately 
recognised in FY24 remuneration outcomes approved by the Board. Key performances also resulted in the award to 
the CFO Richard Simons of 100% (FY23: 89%); to the COO Golding, Geoff Caton of 76% (FY23: 100%); to the COO 
MET, Michael Gollschewski of 65% (FY23: 40%); and to the COO NRW Civil & Mining and Action Drill & Blast, Mike 
Sutton of 62% (FY23: Not eligible). Please refer to section 6 for details.  
REMUNERATION REPORT

27
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Long-Term Incentive Scheme (LTI) 
In FY24, the Company had two LTI plans that were assessed for vesting being the FY20 LTI Plan – Tranche 2 (which 
had a four-year performance period up to 30 June 2023) and the FY21 LTI Plan (which had a three-year performance 
period up to 30 June 2023), subject to the achievement of performance metrics.  
Both awards, to varying degrees, required Board discretion to align vesting outcomes with Company performance. 
We understand that the exercise of discretion for the FY21 LTI Plan resulted in the Company receiving a “strike” 
against the 2023 Remuneration Report at the last AGM. The Board exercised this discretion thoughtfully.  
• 
The FY20 LTI Plan – Tranche 2 vested at 100% following the strong performance of the Company. The 
Board exercised discretion in relation to the TSR performance metric which resulted in an increase from 
99.73% to 100%, being 0.27% of the total award.  
• 
The FY21 LTI Plan vested at 100% following the resilient performance of the Company notwithstanding the 
unprecedented challenges that the COVID-19 pandemic presented. The Board only exercised discretion in 
relation to the EBITA performance metric on the basis that at the time the FY21 LTI Plan measures were 
approved, the Board was aware that COVID-19 would have an impact on the market, and eventually, 
Company performance, however, given the extent of those impacts was uncertain, the Board did not adjust 
forecast earnings (EBITA) and instead utilised “business as usual” assumptions for forecast planning.  
This is the only time that the Board has used its discretion to adjust short-term or long-term incentive 
outcomes due to the implications of COVID-19 and did so on the basis that the earnings objective outcome 
was not a fair outcome or reflection of Company performance over that uncertain time. The exercise of this 
discretion resulted in an increase of the FY21 LTI measurement outcome from 66.67% to 100%, being 
33.33%. 
To address shareholder concerns, we have provided additional, detailed commentary on this carefully considered 
exercise of discretion in section 7.2.1.  
Following shareholder approval at the 2023 Annual General Meeting, the Committee rolled out to the Executive Team 
the FY24 annual Performance Rights award. The award has a three-year performance period up to 30 June 2026, 
and focuses on medium to long-term business performance. Details of the FY24 LTI Plan are provided in section 5.4. 
Looking Forward – Remuneration for FY25 
The Committee will continue to monitor market best practice and respond to both internal and external developments, 
including a highly competitive talent environment. The Committee is satisfied that the current remuneration structure, 
which received shareholder support at the 2023 Annual General Meeting, appropriately motivates and rewards 
Executive performance whilst also delivering shareholder value. This is supported again, by the Company’s FY24 
strategic and financial performance, giving us confidence that we are adopting effective remuneration frameworks. 
We remain committed to our remuneration framework, a framework that is working in the interests of our shareholders 
and the Company. It is focused on driving performance and behaviours that we are proud of and delivering value to 
shareholders both in the short and long term. 
Thank you for your support of NRW. 
 
 
 
Fiona Murdoch 
Chairperson Nomination & Remuneration Committee 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

28
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
1 
SCOPE OF REPORT 
The Report for the year ended 30 June 2024 outlines the remuneration arrangements in place for the Key 
Management Personnel (KMP) of NRW Holdings Ltd (NRW, the Company) which includes Non-Executive Directors, 
Executive Directors and those key executives who have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of NRW during the financial year. 
The Report that follows forms part of the Directors’ Report and has been prepared in accordance with Section 300A 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Act) and audited in accordance with Section 308(3C) of the Act. Executive 
Directors and Other Executives are together referred to as ‘Executives’ within this report.  
2 
KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 
The following persons were classified as KMP during the financial year ended 30 June 2024 and unless otherwise 
indicated, were classified as KMP for the entire period being 1 July 2023 – 30 June 2024 (FY24): 
Key Management Personnel 
Term 
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
 
Julian Pemberton 
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director (CEO) 
Full Year FY24 
OTHER EXECUTIVES 
 
 
Richard Simons 
Chief Financial Officer 
Full Year FY24 
Geoff Caton 
Chief Operating Officer – Golding 
Full Year FY24 
Michael Gollschewski 
Chief Operating Officer – Minerals, Energy & Technologies 
Full Year FY24 
Mike Sutton 
Chief Operating Officer – NRW Civil & Mining and Action Drill & Blast  
Appointed 11 September 2023 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
Michael Arnett 
Chairperson and Non-Executive Director 
Full Year FY24 
Jeff Dowling 
Non-Executive Director 
Full Year FY24 
Fiona Murdoch 
Non-Executive Director 
Full Year FY24 
Peter Johnston 
Non-Executive Director  
Retired 28 November 2023 
David Joyce 
Non-Executive Director  
Appointed 19 March 2024 
Adrienne Parker 
Non-Executive Director  
Appointed 13 May 2024 
3 
REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE 
3.1 
Guiding Principles 
NRW’s remuneration strategy is guided by its Remuneration Guiding Principles. The Board has adopted the following 
overarching principles which recognise the importance of fair, effective and appropriate remuneration outcomes. 
Objective 
Principles 
Alignment 
NRW’s remuneration strategy is aligned with the interests of the Company’s shareholders. A significant proportion of  
Executive remuneration is ‘at-risk’ to motivate Executives to maintain focus on delivering strategic objectives. 
Attract and Retain 
NRW’s remuneration framework has been established to ensure that the Company is competitive in the labour market, 
aiding the attraction, engagement and retention of experienced and high-performing Executives. NRW’s remuneration 
framework is regularly reviewed to ensure it reflects contemporary trends and provides remuneration that is fair and 
benchmarked against a relevant peer group on an appropriate basis. 
Motivate 
Remuneration plans are structured to ensure that NRW’s top talent are rewarded for achieving both short and long-
term business objectives. The Company’s short and long-term ‘at-risk’ reward is directly aligned to performance. 
Appropriate 
Remuneration packages are established and reviewed regularly to ensure that they reflect contemporary trends in 
sectors and regions relevant to the operations of NRW. 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

29
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.2 
Roles and Responsibilities 
The Board reviews and, as appropriate, approves the remuneration practices within NRW for the Non-Executive 
Directors, Executive Director and KMP.  
The Board is responsible for ensuring the remuneration framework is aligned with the Company’s short-term and 
long-term strategic objectives. In addition, the Board is responsible for approving the remuneration targets, 
performance conditions and outcomes for KMP set under the remuneration framework. 
The Board delegates responsibility to the N&RC for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on these 
matters. The N&RC may use its powers when setting, reviewing or recommending remuneration award outcomes to 
ensure that they are fair and reasonable, and may use its discretion to decrease or increase the award outcomes it 
recommends as it considers appropriate. Whilst the N&RC takes responsibility for performing these functions, 
ultimate approval lies with the Board.  
The N&RC seeks to engage external advisors to provide information on remuneration-related issues, including with 
regards to benchmarking and market data. The N&RC is mandated to engage external and independent 
remuneration advisors who do not have a relationship with or advise NRW management. 
The N&RC comprises Non-Executive Directors Fiona Murdoch (Chairperson), Michael Arnett and Jeff Dowling. The 
N&RC is governed by the N&RC Committee Charter, which is available on the Company’s website. The N&RC 
convened twice throughout FY24 and invited CEO and external advisor input where required. 
The CEO makes recommendations to the N&RC regarding the remuneration of Key Executives but is not involved 
in making recommendations to the N&RC in relation to his own remuneration. 
Any changes to the Director fee pool are approved by shareholders, in line with the Company Constitution. 
The Company’s Remuneration Report is put to shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting each year 
in accordance with the requirements of Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Of the total valid available votes 
lodged on its Remuneration Report for the 2023 financial year, NRW received a “FOR” vote of 39.77%, resulting in a 
“strike”.  
Remuneration Engagement and Feedback from “Strike” – at the 2023 AGM 
As reported above, the Company received a “strike” at the 2023 Annual General Meeting against the 2023 Remuneration Report. 
The N&RC and Company Executives have actively engaged with shareholders and proxy advisors for the last three years regarding the Company’s 
remuneration framework and arrangements. The N&RC has always acted, where it considers reasonable, on feedback received from these 
engagement sessions. Above all, the N&RC is committed to ensuring remuneration is aligned to both market conditions and shareholder 
expectations. In this regard, the Company has worked over the last three years to action the following: 
• 
Eliminate the use of “Gearing” as a performance measure in the LTI Schemes; 
• 
Include Earnings Per Share in lieu of Earnings Before Interest Tax and Amortisation to ensure stronger earnings targets aligned with 
shareholder value; 
• 
Increase transparency in NRW’s Remuneration Report by way of disclosing STI performance targets in the year they are assessed; 
• 
Move to relative TSR, from absolute TSR, to eliminate market impacts, and disclose the relative TSR peer group to shareholders to 
promote transparency; 
• 
Where appropriate, include an ESG-related strategic objective as part of the STI Plan performance measures; and 
• 
Annually engage an independent remuneration consultant to review the remuneration framework and package of NRW’s CEO, Mr 
Pemberton, along with other members of its Executive team and Non-Executive Directors on an ad hoc basis. 
In calendar year 2023, engagement with shareholders and proxy advisors included five meetings (both in-person and online), and various written 
correspondence. NRW has always approached these meetings in an open and honest manner. Feedback received from these sessions was 
generally positive, with shareholders and proxy advisors supportive of the remuneration framework and performance measures put in place for the 
FY24 STI and LTI Plans.  
Whilst the feedback was positive for the current remuneration framework and FY24 performance measures, shareholders primary concern related 
to the Board’s use of discretion – exercised in relation to the FY20 and FY21 LTI Plans which vested in September 2023 and November 2023 
respectively and as a result of this there was a vote against the 2023 remuneration report. 
Given the vesting of these plans fell in the FY24 financial year, NRW has provided narrative within the Report, at section 7.2.1, to aid shareholders 
in understanding the Board’s robust decision-making process. 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

30
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.3 
Use of Independent Remuneration Consultants 
During the year, the N&RC engaged Egan Associates (Egan) to provide a detailed briefing and report to the 
Chairperson of the N&RC regarding the market remuneration arrangements established for Managing Directors / 
Chief Executive Officers of organisations with comparable attributes to NRW. The research entailed a review of 
reward levels among ASX companies ranked between 151 and 200 together with organisations in the metals, mining 
and industrials sectors. The analysis incorporated companies with comparable revenue, total assets and market 
capitalisation. 
Egan’s observations were provided directly to the Chairperson of the N&RC for consideration. Egan’s general 
observations were that NRW’s CEO’s total annual incentive opportunity is market competitive when benchmarked 
against organisations within the metals, mining and industrials sectors, or when benchmarked against organisations 
of comparable size, scale or market capitalisation. The N&RC discussed these observations and are comfortable 
with this market-based feedback as the Company seeks to retain the services of NRW’s long-serving and highly 
capable CEO.  
The Board is satisfied that the recommendations made by Egan were made free from undue influence from any KMP. 
Fees paid to Egan for the year ended 30 June 2024 are shown below. 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$ 
$ 
Fees paid to Egan Associates 
5,800 
29,600 
Total 
5,800 
29,600 
In FY23, fees paid to Egan included a comprehensive review of both the CEO and KMP remuneration to ensure 
alignment of total remuneration, covering fixed remuneration, short-term and long-term incentives, with prevailing 
market conditions. In FY24, we sought external review and advice from Egan on the CEO / MD's remuneration only. 
The N&RC is committed to seeking external review and advice on the CEO's remuneration on an annual basis and, 
every second year or as needed, extending this review to include KMP remuneration as well. 
Use of Independent Consultants 
The N&RC has continued to engage directly with an independent remuneration consultant to ensure the remuneration, both fixed and at-risk, for 
NRW’s CEO and broader Executive KMP is aligned to market conditions. There was no communication between the independent remuneration 
consultant and the CEO and Executive KMP to ensure the risk of any potential undue influence on the remuneration consultant was mitigated.  
The Board makes its remuneration-related decisions after considering the recommendations of the N&RC and the advice from the independent 
remuneration consultant. The N&RC considers this annual engagement prudent to ensure NRW remains aligned to market norms and reward 
NRW’s CEO at the level NRW considers appropriate to motivate long-term value creation through the realisation of its strategy and retain his 
services.  
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

31
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
4 
LINK BETWEEN REMUNERATION AND COMPANY PERFORMANCE 
A key underlying principle of NRW’s Executive remuneration framework is the delivery of financial targets, recognising 
that the delivery of financial targets is the foundation for long-term value creation for shareholders. The following 
information summarises key financial performance of NRW over the last five financial years. 2020 - 2022 were subject 
to COVID-19 and hyper-escalation challenges. 
Measure 
2024 
2023 
2022 (1) (6) 
2021 (6) 
2020 (6) 
Market Capitalisation (30 June) - 
$ million 
1,406.3 
1,141.7 
761.4 
657.9 
793.6 
Share Price (30 June) - $ 
3.09 
2.53 
1.70 
1.47 
1.86 
Total Revenue - $ million 
2,913 
2,667 
2,367 
2,222 
2,004 
EPS - cents 
23.2 
19.0 
20.1 
12.5 
18.2 
EBITA - $ million (2) 
195.1 
166.3 
146.7 
120.6 
140.9 
Net Profit After Tax - $ million 
105.1 
85.6 
90.2 
54.3 
73.7 
NPATN - $ million (3) 
123.8 
104.4 
93.7 
75.1 
89.7 
Interim Dividend Paid - cents 
6.5 
8.5 (4) 
5.5 
4.0 
2.5 
Final Dividend Declared in 
Respect of the Year - cents 
9.0 
8.0 
7.0 
5.0 
4.0 
Annual TSR (5) - $ million 
358.4 
463.6 
170.9 
(143.2) 
(244.5) 
(1) 
Restated to reflect prior period adjustment, disclosed in FY23 Annual Financial Statements. 
(2) 
EBITA – Earnings before interest, taxes and amortisation. 
(3) 
NPATN is Operating EBIT less interest and tax (at a 30% tax rate). 
(4) 
This was an unfranked dividend. 
(5) 
TSR – Total shareholder return calculated as the change in market capitalisation adjusted for capital raisings plus dividends paid. 
(6) 
Results heavily impacted by COVID-19 supply chain issues and market-wide hyper-escalation challenges. 
 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

32
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5 
EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS 
The terms of employment for Executives are formalised within an employment contract (Executive Service 
Agreement). All Executives listed in the Key Management Personnel table are appointed under an Executive Service 
Agreement not for any fixed term and carry no termination payments other than statutory entitlements.  
All Executives have a notice period of six months. The Executive Service Agreements in place contain non-compete 
provisions, restraining Executives from operating or being associated with an entity that competes with the business 
of NRW for up to six months after termination. 
5.1 
Executive Remuneration Framework 
The remuneration framework is designed to support the Company’s strategy and to reward its people for its 
successful execution. NRW’s remuneration framework combines elements of fixed remuneration and ‘at-risk’ 
remuneration, comprising short and long-term incentive plans, as detailed below. 
The NRW remuneration framework recognises that the Group’s overall objectives of delivering profitable growth will 
ultimately lead to long-term shareholder value. 
 
Fixed Remuneration 
Short-Term Incentive (STI) 
Long-Term Incentive (LTI) 
Purpose 
Attract, engage and retain a high-
performing workforce to ensure 
NRW delivers on its strategic 
objectives. 
Motivate and reward Executive performance 
against annual performance metrics (both 
financial and strategic) to focus Executive 
effort on short-term business performance. 
Align Executive and shareholder 
interests by motivating and rewarding 
long-term value creation measured 
through the delivery of long-term 
strategic goals and promoting 
employee retention by requiring 
participants remain employed with 
NRW throughout the performance 
period up to vesting date. 
Approach 
Fixed remuneration is reviewed 
annually, and set with reference to 
individual performance, market 
conditions and relevant 
experience. Industry remuneration 
surveys and data are utilised to 
assist in this process.  
Annual STI objectives are set for each 
Executive based on core accountabilities. 
Awards vest through achieving a set of 
relevant business objectives. Awards up to 
the maximum amount payable can be 
achieved when stretch objectives are met. 
Annual LTI objectives are set for each 
Executive based on long-term value 
creation for shareholders. Performance 
Rights, which vest following the 
achievement of objectives, are 
converted to shares on the vesting 
date. 
Structure 
Fixed Remuneration 
STI award is based on a percentage of the 
Executive’s TFR (see 5.2). 
LTI award is based on a percentage of 
the Executive’s TFR (see 5.2) and 
determined with reference to the 30-
day Volume Weighted Average Price 
(VWAP) up to and including the start 
date of the performance period. 
Award 
Cash – salary and superannuation 
capped at the relevant 
concessional contribution limit. 
Cash – Executives can earn a cash-based 
incentive by achieving specific objectives 
set by the CEO and N&RC. 
Performance Rights – Executives can 
participate in an equity-based incentive 
through the award of Performance 
Rights. 
Performance 
Period 
Duration of employment 
One year performance period beginning 1 
July and ending 30 June the following year. 
If an Executive commences part-way 
through the performance period, the STI 
award is prorated. 
Three-year performance period 
beginning 1 July in the year of award 
up to vesting date. 
Key Terms 
Other Benefits 
The opportunity to salary sacrifice 
benefits on a tax compliant basis is 
available upon request.  
NRW also provides basic income 
protection cover for all employees. 
Continued Employment 
Participants must remain actively employed 
with the Group throughout the performance 
period for STI awards to vest. The normal 
performance period being one year. 
Award Deferral 
Up to 25% of an award can be deferred for 
up to 12 months at the discretion of the 
N&RC, if they determine that additional time 
is required to provide more certainty on 
specific business-related outcomes. 
Award Adjustment / Clawback 
NRW may adjust the value of the award 
paid under this plan in circumstances 
approved by the N&RC including, but not 
limited to, unpaid claims where the value of 
the claim has previously been assessed 
under this plan. 
Continued Employment 
Participants must remain actively 
employed with the Group throughout 
the performance period, up to and 
including the vesting date, for LTI 
awards to vest. The normal 
performance period being three years.  
Other Key Provisions 
Other key provisions, including related 
to Breach of Obligation, Good Leaver, 
Change of Control and Ceasing of 
Employment, are detailed in NRW 
Holdings Limited Performance Rights 
Plan Terms and Conditions.  
 
Board 
Discretion 
The Board has the discretion to adjust the STI payment or the LTI Performance Rights awarded.  
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

33
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
60%
40%
33%
27%
40%
CEO Remuneration Mix
At Maximum Award
Total Fixed Remuneration
"At-Risk" Short Term Award
"At-Risk" Long Term Award
Cash Payments
Performance Rights Allocation (Shares)
5.2 
Fixed Annual Remuneration and Remuneration Mix 
As the Group continues to grow, it is important to ensure that the remuneration levels of the Executive team support 
the Group in attracting and retaining high-calibre staff to lead the delivery of strategic objectives. Remuneration for 
Executives is set dependent on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the scope of their role, experience 
and market conditions at the time of employment. NRW engages external consultants where required to benchmark 
remuneration practices to market.  
During the year, the Board awarded Mr Pemberton a fixed salary increase from $1,300,000 to $1,352,000 effective 
1 July 2023. The fixed salary increase equates to a 4% pay rise to Mr Pemberton’s base salary and is driven by and 
in line with broader market conditions and awards. 
The table below provides information on the remuneration packages of Executives, including the maximum ‘at-risk’ 
percentage for both the STI and LTI, as at 30 June 2024. 
 
TFR (1) 
STI 
LTI (2) 
Julian Pemberton 
1,352,000 
80% 
120% 
Richard Simons 
703,099 
50% 
80% 
Geoff Caton 
739,100 
40% 
40% 
Michael Gollschewski 
734,299 
40% 
40% 
Mike Sutton 
752,107 
50% 
- 
(1) 
Annual Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR) as at 30 June 2024 which includes base (cash) salary plus superannuation capped at the maximum 
contribution limit. 
(2) 
LTI structure approved by N&RC. 
 
 
78%
22%
56%
22%
22%
COO(1) Remuneration Mix
At Maxiumum Award
Total Fixed Remuneration
"At-Risk" Short Term Award
"At-Risk" Long Term Award
Cash Payments
Performance Rights Allocation (Shares)
65%
35%
43%
22%
35%
CFO Remuneration Mix
At Maxiumum Award
Total Fixed Remuneration
"At-Risk" Short Term Award
"At-Risk" Long Term Award
Cash Payments
Performance Rights Allocation (Shares)
(1) 
Excluding Mike Sutton 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

34
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5.3 
Short-Term ‘At-Risk’ Remuneration 
The Board considers the financial measures contained within the STI plan to be appropriate as they are aligned with 
the Group’s overall objectives of delivering profitable growth and, ultimately, over the long term, shareholder value 
creation. The FY24 STI Plan was finalised by the N&RC and approved by the Board in September 2023. The STI 
award was finalised following the release of the FY23 Annual Financial Statements and a review of forecast budgets 
and projections for FY24 and FY25. The following table summarises the key components and operation of the FY24 
STI plan. 
Plan Name 
FY24 STI Plan 
Participants 
All Executives 
Plan Approval 
The structure of the plan and quantum of award to the CEO was recommended by the N&RC, and approved by the 
Board. 
Performance Period 
One-year performance period beginning 1 July 2023 and ended 30 June 2024. 
Award Value 
Award value is equal to a percentage of the KMP’s TFR (as shown in 5.2). 
Vesting Date 
Subject to the achievement of the performance metrics across the performance period, award will vest post approval 
of the financial statements by the Board of Directors. 
Performance Metrics 
Performance metrics are made up of two critical financial measures and four individual strategic measures. Hurdles 
for financial measures are set to allow for a staggered path to achievement of incentive targets.  
Earnings(1) 
Target 1 
$172M 
Earnings is measured through Earnings 
before interest, taxes, and amortisation 
(EBITA). EBITA is selected as a proxy for 
‘cash’ generation at the business unit level. 
Target 2 
$175M 
Target 3 
$185M 
Revenue Growth 
Target 1 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
NRW operates in a contracting environment 
where securing, as well as delivering, work is 
critical to sustaining earnings. Achievement of 
this financial target is measured against the 
extent to which the businesses approved 
FY25 budget reflects a revenue forecast at or 
above the objectives included in the 
businesses’ strategic plan. 
Target 2 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Strategic Objectives 
Four individual performance measures are set during the performance period for strategic 
objectives. These strategic objectives vary for each Executive dependent upon the 
business units they manage. The strategic performance measures of the CEO are 
approved by the N&RC. The strategic performance measures of the Other Executives are 
approved by the CEO to drive strategic initiatives and performance consistent with the 
overall business strategy. 
Testing Date 
Incentive payments are determined in line with the approval of the Financial Statements for the end of the 
performance period – being the 30 June 2024 Annual Financial Statement. 
Relationship between 
performance and 
payment 
Objectives are based on achieving a minimum target in the performance period, at which time a proportion of the 
total incentive will be earned. The balance of the total STI is accrued by achieving progressively higher earnings. 
Actual financial performance between targets is paid pro rata. 
Earnings 
60% 
Target 1 
20% earned 
Target 2 
Additional 20% earned 
Target 3 
Additional 20% earned 
Revenue Growth Objectives 
20% 
Target 1 
10% earned 
Target 2  
Additional 10% earned 
Strategic Objectives 
20% 
Other Terms and 
Conditions 
Safety Moderator  
If safety is not managed to expectations, any STI award earned can be adjusted downwards by a maximum of 20%. 
(1) 
Earnings targets, as listed, relate to the CEO’s and CFO’s Group performance hurdles. Each COO has earnings targets specifically related to 
their respective operational entities. 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

35
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5.4 
Long-Term ‘At-Risk’ Remuneration 
The LTI Plan seeks to align Executive and Shareholder interests by rewarding long-term value creation. The Board 
considers the performance metrics chosen to be appropriate as they are focused on delivering increased earnings 
and growth in shareholder value. For the FY24 Award, the Board increased the allocation of Performance Rights to 
Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and Earnings Per Share (EPS), subsequently removing the weighting of 
Gearing as a performance measure. This has resulted in a 50%:50% weighting to TSR and EPS. The CEO was 
granted an award of Performance Rights under the FY24 LTI Plan post approval of shareholders at the 2023 AGM. 
The following table summarises the key components and operation of the FY24 LTI Plan. 
Plan Name 
FY24 LTI Plan 
Participants 
All Executives (1) 
Plan Approval 
The structure of the plan and quantum of Performance Rights awarded to the CEO was approved by shareholders at the 
2023 AGM. Please see the 2023 Notice of Meeting for further details. 
Performance 
Period 
Three-year performance period beginning 1 July 2023 and ending 30 June 2026. 
Award Value 
Grant of Performance Rights is equal to a percentage of the KMP’s TFR (as shown in 5.2).  
Valuation 
Assumptions 
The value per Performance Right to determine the total Performance Rights allocated under this plan is based on the 30-
day VWAP to 30 June 2023, being $2.34 per share. 
Vesting Date 
Subject to the achievement of the performance metrics across the performance period, Performance Rights will vest on 
30 September 2026. 
Performance 
Metrics 
Performance measures for the vesting of Performance Rights under the plan are included below.  
Relative 
TSR (2)  
Target 1 
Between 50th and 75th percentile (3) 
Relative TSR performance will be assessed as TSR for 
the whole performance period relative to an appropriate 
and pre-defined comparator group for NRW Holdings 
Limited.  
Target 2 
At or above the 75th percentile (3) 
EPS (4) 
Target 1 
26.8 cents 
The FY26 hurdles have been calculated utilising FY23 
actual NPATN(5) ($104.4M) for compounded growth at 5% 
and 10%, or min and max respectively.  
Target 2 
30.8 cents 
Testing Date 
The vesting of Performance Rights will be calculated for the performance period at or before vesting date. 
Relationship 
between 
performance and 
vesting 
Objectives are based on achieving a minimum target in the performance period, at which time a proportion of the total 
incentive will be earned. Performance Rights will vest in full subject to the above performance hurdles being met. Where 
performance is above Target 1 but below Target 2, the Performance Rights will vest pro rata to actual achievement. 
TSR 
50% 
Target 1 
25% earned 
Target 2 
Additional 25% earned 
EPS 
50% 
Target 1 
25% earned 
Target 2 
Additional 25% earned 
Other Terms  
and Conditions 
There are no other Terms and Conditions associated with this Plan.  
(1) 
Excluding Mr M Sutton see section 5.2. 
(2) 
The Relative TSR objective will include the movement in share price during the performance period, in addition to appropriate adjustments which 
will include dividend payments and any equity raisings to reflect actual TSR performance. 
(3) 
When compared to the TSR Comparator Group which is MacMahon (ASX: MAH), Monadelphous (ASX: MND), Emeco (ASX: EHL), SRG Global 
(ASX: SRG), Southern Cross Electrical (ASX: SXE) and Perenti (ASX: PRN). 
(4) 
The final assessment of EPS will exclude the amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-operating transactions (acquisition transaction 
costs for example) at normal tax rates and may be adjusted for any significant variances in forecast assumptions. 
(5) 
NPATN is Operating EBIT less interest and tax (at a 30% tax rate). 
 
Votes in Favour of the FY24 Performance Rights Plan Award to the CEO 
Of the total valid available votes lodged for approval of the FY24 Performance Rights Plan (award to the CEO) at the 2023 Annual General Meeting, 
the Company received 82.48% “FOR” votes. The N&RC are pleased with this result, as it signals that NRW’s shareholders are satisfied that its 
FY24 Performance Rights Plan meets their expectations. The FY24 LTI Plan, which remains unchanged from the prior period, will form the basis 
of long-term executive reward provided it remains contemporary within the market and continues to meet shareholder expectations.  
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

36
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5.4 
Long-Term ‘At-Risk’ Remuneration Continued 
Details in relation to the LTI Plans which have vested or are outstanding during the financial year are outlined below. 
Plan 
FY24 LTI Plan 
FY23 LTI Plan 
FY22 LTI Plan 
FY21 LTI Plan 
FY20 LTI Plan – Tranche 2 (1) 
Plan Details 
Plan approved by Shareholders at the 2023 
AGM. 
Plan approved by Shareholders at the 
2022 AGM. 
Plan approved by Shareholders 
at the 2021 AGM. 
Plan approved by shareholders at 
the 2021 AGM 
Plan approved by Shareholders at the 
2019 AGM 
Performance 
Period 
FY24, FY25, FY26 
FY23, FY24, FY25 
FY22, FY23, FY24 
FY21, FY22, FY23 
FY20, FY21, FY22, FY23 
Value Period 
FY24 
FY23 
FY22 
FY21 
FY20 
Vesting Date 
30 September 2026 
30 September 2025 
30 September 2024 
30 September 2023 
30 November 2023 
 
Details of the FY24 LTI Plan performance 
measures can be found at section 5.4, 
above.  
Details of the FY23 LTI Plan 
performance measures can be found in 
the FY23 Remuneration Report. 
Details of the FY22 LTI Plan 
performance measures can be 
found in the FY22 Remuneration 
Report. 
Details of the FY21 LTI Plan 
performance measures can be 
found in the FY21 Remuneration 
Report. 
Details of the FY20 LTI Plan 
performance measures can be found 
in the FY20 Remuneration Report. 
Performance 
Measures 
Relative 
TSR 
Min 
Between the 50th 
and 75th percentile(2) 
TSR 
Min 
$2.92 
TSR 
Min 
$2.81 
TSR 
Min 
$2.56 
TSR 
Min 
$3.46 
Max 
At or above the 75th 
percentile(2) 
Max 
$3.35 
Max 
$3.02 
Max 
$2.70 
Max 
$3.66 
EPS 
Min 
26.8c 
EPS 
Min 
26.0c 
EPS 
Min 
27.8c 
EBITA ($M) 
Min 
$169 
EBITDA (3) 
($M) 
Min 
$245 
Max 
30.8c 
Max 
29.9c 
Max 
29.5c 
Max 
$176 
Max 
$263 
Gearing 
Below 
40% 
Gearing 
Below 
40% 
Gearing 
Below 
40% 
Gearing 
Below 
40% 
Performance 
Rights 
Outstanding 
3,211,982 
2,472,268 
2,382,977 
- 
- 
(1) 
The FY20 LTI Plan award was assessed for vesting in two equal Tranches: Tranche One vested in FY23 and Tranche Two vested in FY24. The Tranche, which vested during FY24, had a four-year performance period.  
(2) 
When compared to the TSR Comparator Group which is MacMahon (ASX: MAH), Monadelphous (ASX: MND), Emeco (ASX: EHL), SRG Global (ASX: SRG), Southern Cross Electrical (ASX: SXE) and Perenti (ASX: PRN). 
(3) 
The performance hurdles set have been adjusted for the impacts of AASB16. 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

37
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5.4 
Long-Term ‘At-Risk’ Remuneration Continued 
The following chart summarises the remuneration cycle and timelines for the relevant award periods in place for the CEO. The FY25 LTI Award is currently under consideration and 
will be put for Shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM. 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    FY24 LTI Awards Vested & Outstanding 
 
        
 Performance Period          Award Period          FY25 LTI Plan 
 
 
 
Jul 19
Jun 20
Jun 21
Jun 22
Jun 23
Jun 24
Jun 25
Jun 26
Jun 27
FY20 LTI Award - Tranche 2
FY21 LTI Award
FY22 LTI Award
FY23 LTI Award
FY24 LTI Award
FY25 LTI Award
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

38
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6 
SHORT-TERM ‘AT-RISK’ EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
6.1 
Short-Term Performance Outcomes 
The following table provides information on the outcome of the STI Plan for each Executive for the year ended 30 
June 2024. The value of the award is outlined in the remuneration table in section 9.1. 
 
FY24 
FY23 
 
STI Earned 
STI Forfeited 
STI Earned 
STI Forfeited 
Julian Pemberton 
100% 
0% 
89% 
11% 
Richard Simons 
100% 
0% 
89% 
11% 
Geoff Caton 
76% 
24% 
100% 
0% 
Michael Gollschewski 
65% 
35% 
40% 
60% 
Mike Sutton(1) 
62% 
38% 
- 
- 
(1) 
Mr M Sutton was appointed on 11 September 2023 and was therefore not eligible for an FY23 STI Award. 
  
Rigorous Performance Assessment by the Board 
At the end of the financial year, the N&RC conducts a review of CEO performance, including consideration of preliminary remuneration outcomes. 
The review is holistic and covers safety performance, operational performance, business strategy development and delivery of financial results 
including shareholder value. This process seeks to identify any ideas where discretion may warrant use, particularly in the area of safety.  
The N&RC Chairperson then undertakes a formal assessment of CEO performance against STI targets. This assessment is an independent, 
objective assessment of CEO performance against agreed financial and strategic targets over the performance period. 
The proposed outcome is then considered by the N&RC, and approved by the Board, before final award. Each Non-Executive Director has the 
opportunity to review and carefully consider any recommendation put to the Board and ask questions or challenge outcomes where they see fit. 
Adjustment may be made by the Board to the final award outcome where the Board considers appropriate.   
 
 
 
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Mike Sutton
Michael Gollschewski
Geoff Caton
Richard Simons
Jules Pemberton
STI Earned
By Performance Hurdle
Earnings
Plan Revenue
Strategic
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

39
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6.2 
Short-Term Performance Measures 
The outcomes of the STI Plan are outlined below. 
6.2.1 
STI Performance Measures for the year ended 30 June 2024 – CEO 
Performance 
Metrics 
STI 
Weighting 
Target 
($M)  
Result 
($M) 
STI 
Earned  
Performance Commentary 
EBITA 
60% 
 
$195.1 
60% 
The Company achieved FY24 EBITA of $195.1 million resulting in 
the full vesting of this award for the CEO.  
Target 1 
 
$172 
 
 
Target 2 
 
$175 
 
 
Target 3 
 
$185 
 
 
FY25 Plan  
Revenue 
20% 
 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
20% 
FY25 Plan Revenue has been determined in accordance with the 
Board-approved FY25 budget. This objective was met at stretch 
target, resulting in the full vesting of this part of the award. Due to 
the commercially sensitive nature of the Plan Revenue target, this 
result will be disclosed in FY25. 
Target 1 
 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
 
 
Target 2 
 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
 
 
Strategic  
Objectives 
20% 
 
 
20% 
Strategic objectives were set through discussions with the N&RC 
Chairperson and the CEO. In FY24, the agreed objectives set 
related to strategic growth and diversification targets, in addition 
to succession planning and enterprise-wide risk management.  
The Board endorsed full award of the CEO’s FY24 strategic 
objectives this year on the basis the CEO has successfully 
delivered on his agreed objectives. 
TOTAL 
100% 
 
 
100% 
 
 
6.2.2 
STI Performance Measures for the year ended 30 June 2024 – Other Executives 
Performance 
Metrics 
STI Weighting 
Richard Simons 
Geoff Caton 
Michael 
Gollschewski  
Mike Sutton 
EBITA ($M) 
60% 
 
 
 
 
Target 1 
 
$172.0 
$89.7 
$60.1 
$50.7 
Target 2 
 
$175.0 
$96.9 
$63.6 
$54.4 
Target 3 
 
$185.0 
$105.4 
$69.1 
$59.0 
Result 
 
60% 
41% 
30%(1) 
42% 
FY25 Plan Revenue 
20% 
 
 
 
 
Target 1 
 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Target 2 
 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Undisclosed, 
commercially 
sensitive 
Result 
 
20% 
15% 
15% 
0% 
Strategic 
Objectives 
20% 
Banking 
arrangements, 
portfolio savings, IT 
systems 
infrastructure 
Succession planning, 
organisational 
culture and business 
systems 
MET-related strategic 
deliverables including 
growth and 
diversification targets 
Strategic 
partnerships, 
organisation 
structure and tender 
and project 
frameworks 
Result 
 
20% 
20% 
20% 
20% 
TOTAL 
100% 
100% 
76% 
65% 
62% 
(1) 
The Board has elected to apply discretion with regards to the EBITA performance metric after prioritising the Mr M Gollschewski’s focus on 
the Primero business which as a result performed strongly in FY24. 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

40
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6.2.3 
STI Performance Measures for the year ended 30 June 2023 – CEO  
Performance 
Metrics 
STI Weighting 
Target  
($M) 
Result 
($M) 
STI Earned  
Performance Commentary 
EBITA 
60% 
 
$166.3 
49% 
The Company recognised FY23 EBITA of $166.3 
million resulting in the partial vesting of this 
award. 
Target 1 
 
$155 
 
 
Target 2 
 
$162 
 
 
Target 3 
 
$172 
 
 
FY24 Plan  
Revenue 
20% 
 
$2,800 
20% 
FY24 Plan Revenue was determined in June 
2023 in accordance with the Board-approved 
FY24 budget. This objective was met at stretch 
target, resulting in full vesting of this part of the 
award. 
Target 1 
 
      $2,680 
 
Target 2 
 
      $2,800 
 
Strategic  
Objectives 
20% 
 
 
20% 
Delivery of strategic objectives related to 
integration of the MET business, succession 
planning, sustainability and workplace culture. 
 
100% 
 
 
89% 
 
7 
LONG-TERM ‘AT-RISK’ EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
7.1 
Long-Term Performance Measures 
During the period ended 30 June 2024, the following LTI Plans were tested for vesting and award.  
The Company had two LTI plans vest during FY24 being the FY20 LTI Plan - Tranche 2 (which had a four-year 
performance period up to 30 June 2023) and the FY21 LTI Plan (which had a three-year performance period up to 
30 June 2023).  
The following tables provide information on the outcome of the LTI Plan for each Executive that vested during the 
period. Further details in relation to the vesting hurdles, assessment and outcomes are provided at 7.2 below.  
7.1.1 
LTI Performance Measures for the year ended 30 June 2024  
Name 
LTI Plan 
Allocation 
Date 
Vesting 
Date 
Performance 
Rights Granted 
(Number) 
Performance 
Rights 
Vested 
(Number) 
Value at 
Grant Date (1)  
($) 
Julian Pemberton 
FY20 LTI Plan – Tranche 2(2) 
26/11/2019 
30/11/2023 
582,245 
582,245 
1,438,145 
Julian Pemberton 
FY21 LTI Plan 
25/11/2021 
30/09/2023 
750,000 
750,000 
1,440,000 
Geoff Caton 
FY20 LTI Plan – Tranche 2(2) 
20/07/2020 
30/11/2023 
137,980 
137,980 
340,811 
Geoff Caton 
FY21 LTI Plan 
17/06/2022 
30/09/2023 
118,490 
118,490 
227,501 
(1) 
Value at Grant Date is the number of Performance Rights issued multiplied by the 30-day VWAP up to the beginning of the performance 
period, being 30 June 2019 and $2.47 for FY20 LTI Plan – Tranche 2 Performance Rights and 30 June 2020 and $1.92 for the FY21 LTI Plan 
Performance Rights. 
(2) 
FY20 LTI Plan was issued in two tranches – Tranche 1, which had a three-year performance period and vested in FY23, and Tranche 2, 
which had a four-year performance period and vested in FY24.  
7.1.2 
LTI Performance Measures for the year ended 30 June 2023 
Name 
LTI Plan 
Allocation 
Date 
Vesting 
Date 
Performance 
Rights Granted 
(Number) 
Performance 
Rights 
Vested 
(Number) 
Value at 
Grant Date (1)  
($) 
Julian Pemberton 
FY20 LTI Plan – Tranche 1(2) 
26/11/2019 
30/11/2022 
582,245 
582,245 
1,438,145 
Geoff Caton 
FY20 LTI Plan – Tranche 1(2) 
20/07/2020 
30/11/2022 
137,980 
137,980 
340,811 
(1) 
Value at Grant Date is the number of Performance Rights issued multiplied by the 30-day VWAP to 30 June 2019 ($2.47). 
(2) 
FY20 LTI Plan was issued in two tranches – Tranche 1, which had a three-year performance period and vested in FY23 and Tranche 2, which 
had a four-year performance period and vested in FY24.  
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

41
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7.2 
Long-Term Performance Outcomes 
7.2.1 
LTI Performance Measures for the year ended 30 June 2024 
During the financial year, the Company had two LTI Plans which required a vesting assessment. The LTI Plans and 
associated outcomes are outlined below. 
FY20 LTI Plan - Tranche 2  
The second tranche of Performance Rights issued under the FY20 LTI Plan were tested for vesting following the 
end of the performance period and vesting outcomes have been shown below. The Performance Rights vested on 
30 November 2023. 
Performance 
Metrics 
LTI 
Weighting 
Target 
Result 
LTI Earned  
Performance Commentary 
TSR 
33.33% 
 
$3.65 
33.33%(1) 
(Discretion) 
TSR has been measured on sustaining returns at a target level for a 
minimum two-month period within the performance period and 
assessed utilising a 60-day VWAP. The final assessment of TSR 
includes appropriate adjustments for dividend payments (+50 cents per 
share) and equity raisings (-4 cents per share) to reflect actual TSR 
and was achieved in the period January to February 2020. 
Target 1 
 
$3.46 
 
 
Target 2 
 
$3.66 
 
 
EBITDA 
33.33% 
 
$288.8M 
33.33% 
EBITDA was assessed in line with the audited financial statements and 
included consideration and (where required) adjustment for the prior 
period adjustment outlined in note 1.9 of the FY23 annual financial 
statements. EBITDA for FY23 was $288.8 million, and consequently, 
the maximum outcome for this hurdle has been achieved. 
Target 1 
 
$245M 
 
 
Target 2 
 
$263M 
 
 
Gearing 
33.34% 
 
21.5% 
33.34% 
Gearing is calculated as average Gearing for the performance period 
being 21.5%, resulting in the full vesting of this award. 
Below 
 
40% 
 
 
Total 
100.00% 
 
 
100.00% 
 
Total 
 
 
99.73% 
Without discretion this award vested at 99.73%. 
Discretion Exercised 
 
 
0.27% 
Related to TSR Hurdle as indicated 
Total Award 
 
 
100.00% 
Final Award Outcome 
(1) 
Discretion was applied by the Board to this performance hurdle to fully vest this part of the award. 
 
Relative TSR Assessment 
As a further check to determine the appropriateness of the TSR result, the N&RC requested a relative TSR assessment be completed. This was 
considered important given the extreme fluctuations in the share market over the performance period (due to COVID-19 and labour shortages) 
to ensure relative performance to NRW’s peers also reflected upper quartile performance (as anticipated when the absolute TSR hurdles were 
set). 
The Company engaged a third-party financial advisor to prepare a relative TSR calculation against a peer group consisting of four other ASX 
listed organisations (Monadelphous (ASX: MND), Perenti (ASX: PRN), Emeco (ASX: EHL), Southern Cross (ASX: SXE)). Looking at peers 
within the market there was only one Company (Southern Cross) that outperformed NRW over this performance period. This puts NRW’s 
performance on the upper scale of peers and on a relative TSR basis supports the vesting (actual and discretionary) proposal. 
Exercise of Board Discretion for TSR Performance Metric 
The maximum TSR measure (being $3.66) was not achieved for the FY20 Tranche 2 Plan. Final TSR for the performance period was assessed 
at $3.65.  
The Board is of the view that the CEO has successfully delivered on the very specific Board-approved diversification strategy over the four-year 
performance period related to the FY20 LTI Plan. The Board came to this decision considering the following business outcomes achieved over 
this period including the successful acquisition of BGC Contracting Pty Ltd in December 2019, the successful acquisition of Primero Group 
Limited in February 2021 and the delivery of strong financial results despite the impacts of COVID-19 on the resource and infrastructure sectors. 
The Board, therefore, resolved, upon recommendation from the N&RC, that it is appropriate to vest the additional quantum of unvested shares 
to the CEO under this plan.  
The Board’s decision was made through informed and robust discussion, without the CEO present, and with the outcome considered a fair and 
equitable reward for CEO performance. During the deliberation, each Director had the ability to “have their say”, and ultimately vote on the 
outcome. The decision to discretionarily vest the award was extended to all other Performance Rights issued under the FY20 LTI Plan.  
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

42
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
FY21 LTI Plan  
Performance Rights issued under the FY21 LTI Plan were tested for vesting following the end of the performance 
period, and vesting outcomes have been shown below. The Performance Rights vested on 30 September 2023. 
Performance 
Metrics 
LTI 
Weighting 
Target 
Result 
LTI Earned  
Performance Commentary 
TSR 
33.33% 
 
$3.39 
33.33% 
TSR has been measured on sustaining returns at a target level for 
a minimum two-month period within the performance period and 
assessed utilising a 60-day VWAP. The final assessment of TSR 
includes appropriate adjustments for dividend payments (+44 
cents per share), noting that there was negligible impact of equity 
raisings during the performance period.  
Target 1 
 
$2.56 
 
 
Target 2 
 
$2.70 
 
 
EBITA 
33.33% 
 
$166.3M 
33.33%(1) 
(Discretion) 
The audited Annual Financial Statements for the periods ended 
30 June 2021, 2022 and 2023 recognised EBITA of lower than the 
minimum $169M and consequently this hurdle has not been 
achieved. 
Target 1 
 
$169M 
 
 
Target 2 
 
$176M 
 
 
Gearing 
33.34% 
 
18.8% 
33.34% 
Gearing is calculated as average Gearing for the performance 
period being 18.8%, resulting in the full vesting of this award. 
Below 
 
40% 
 
 
Total 
100.00% 
 
 
100.00% 
 
Total 
 
 
66.67% 
Without discretion this award vested at 66.67%. 
Discretion Exercised 
 
 
33.33% 
Related to EBITA hurdle as indicated 
Total Award 
 
 
100.00% 
Final Award Outcome 
(1) 
Discretion was applied by the Board to this performance hurdle to fully vest this part of the award. Actual performance had this performance 
hurdle vesting at 0%. 
 
Exercise of Board Discretion for FY21 EBITA Performance Metric 
The threshold EBITA measure (being $169 million) was not achieved for the FY21 LTI Plan. Therefore, the award without discretion did not vest 
to Executives. 
The Board considered very closely the outcomes of the FY21 LTI Plan, particularly as it related to the EBITA objective. This included careful 
consideration of the vesting conditions set at the time the plan was awarded, and market conditions throughout the course of the performance 
period.  
At the time the FY21 LTI Plan measures were approved, the Board was aware that COVID-19 would have an impact on market (and eventually, 
Company) performance, however, the extent of those implications was uncertain. As such, the Board did not adjust forecast earnings (EBITA) 
and instead utilised “business as usual” assumptions for forecast planning. This resulted in the EBITA measures under the FY21 LTI Plan 
assuming 10% (min) - 12% (max) cumulative growth in earnings from FY20 levels (noting FY20 results were only partially impacted by COVID-
19).  
Whilst at this time the Board believed this was an appropriate and achievable measure for NRW’s CEO, over time, the implications of COVID-
19 unfolded within the business and the extent of inflationary and supply chain pressures, along with a tight labour market, significantly increased 
costs over this period. These costs included the significant impact associated with recruiting and training a predominantly new blue-collar 
workforce, who were previously interstate employees who returned home during the pandemic. These cost increases were outside of the control 
of NRW’S CEO, who NRW believes managed earnings (and the broader business) over this period exceptionally well.  
Upon reflection, and now understanding how COVID-19 impacted the industry, the Board is of the view that 10% - 12% cumulative growth in 
Earnings was not sustainable for its business, particularly on FY20 earnings, which were substantially unaffected by the pandemic. The Board 
therefore considered a more “normalised” earnings target over this period to measure CEO performance. The Board considered the following: 
• 
Reduced cumulative earnings growth over the three-year performance period. 
• 
Resetting the baseline year for cumulative earnings growth to FY21, which included a whole year of COVID-19-related impacts. 
Given the set EBITA outcomes under both alternatives resulted in full vesting of award, the Board considered it appropriate to use its discretion 
to vest the award at 100%.  
This approach was consistent with the approach of a number of other companies of similar size listed on the ASX. 
The Board reiterates to shareholders that it has never adjusted short-term or long-term incentive outcomes due to the implications of COVID-
19 or used its discretion to vest where outcomes have not been achieved in the past. Achievement in this regard under the FY21 Scheme is the 
first time the Board has used its discretion where it took the view that the Earnings objective outcome was not a fair outcome or reflection of 
Company performance over this uncertain time. The Board refers shareholders to the FY21 STI remuneration outcomes where it did not vest 
the CEO’s Earnings outcomes for the implications of COVID-19 as at the time, as it did not consider that a fair or appropriate remuneration 
outcome. 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

43
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7.2.2 
 LTI Performance Measures for the year ended 30 June 2023 
The first tranche of Performance Rights issued under the FY20 LTI Plan were tested for vesting following the end 
of the performance period and vesting outcomes have been shown below. 
Performance 
Metrics 
LTI Weighting 
Target 
Result 
LTI 
Earned  
Performance Commentary 
TSR 
33.33% 
 
$3.57 
33.33% 
TSR has been measured on sustaining returns at a target level for 
a minimum two-month period within the performance period and 
assessed utilising a 60-day VWAP. The final assessment of TSR 
includes appropriate adjustments for dividend payments (+42 cents 
per share) and equity raisings (-3 cents per share) to reflect actual 
TSR. This was achieved in the period January to February 2020. 
Target 1 
 
$3.22 
 
 
Target 2 
 
$3.36 
 
 
EBITDA 
33.33% 
 
$262.1M 
33.33% 
EBITDA was assessed in line with the audited financial statements 
and adjusted for the prior-period adjustment outlined in note 1.9 of 
the annual financial statements. EBITDA for FY22 was $262.1 
million, and consequently, the maximum outcome for this hurdle 
has been achieved. 
Target 1 
 
$224M 
 
 
Target 2 
 
$237M 
 
 
Gearing 
33.34% 
 
24.0% 
33.34% 
Gearing reduced significantly in FY22 following the sale of the 
Boggabri mobile equipment acquired as part of the BGC 
Contracting acquisition. Average Gearing for the period was well 
below 40%, resulting in the full vesting of this award. 
Below 
 
40.0% 
 
 
 
100.00% 
 
 
100.00% 
 
7.3 
Performance Rights Award and Status 
The above LTI Plans resulted in the following movement of Performance Rights during FY24. The probability of 
Executives achieving the relevant performance measures for vesting of LTI plans currently outstanding has been 
reflected in the share-based payment expense. Further details in relation to the KMP long-term incentive awards, 
including the share-based payment expense, are set out in note 4.7 in the Annual Financial Statement. 
Name 
Allocation 
Date 
Balance 
of 
Unvested 
Equity 
Awards 
as at 1 
July 2023 
(Number) 
Granted 
in FY24 
(Number) 
Vested in 
FY24 
(Number) 
Forfeited 
in FY24 
(Number) 
Balance 
of 
Unvested 
Equity 
Awards 
as at 30 
June 
2024 
(Number) 
Fair 
Value 
Per 
Security 
(Cents) 
Fair 
Value at 
Grant 
Date 
($) 
Share 
Based 
Payments 
Expense 
FY24 
($) 
Julian 
Pemberton 
20/07/2020 
to 
30/11/2023 
3,181,255 
693,333 
(1,332,246) 
- 
2,542,342 
12.8 to 
257 
4,695,538 
999,667 
Richard 
Simons 
18/11/2022 
to 
30/11/2023 
221,298 
240,376 
- 
- 
461,674 
37.9 to 
257 
722,212 
240,737 
Geoff Caton 
20/07/2020 
to 
30/11/2023 
551,820 
126,342 
(256,470) 
- 
421,692 
12.8 to 
257 
836,366 
167,410 
Michael 
Gollschewski 
08/02/2023 
to 
30/11/2023 
55,804 
125,521 
- 
- 
181,325 
37.9 to 
298 
295,608 
98,536 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

44
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
8 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS  
The Board is responsible for assessing Non-Executive Director fees, assisted by the N&RC. In setting the Non-
Executive Director fees, the Board considers other Australian ASX companies of comparable size and complexity 
and seeks to benchmark this research against reports received from an independent remuneration consultant. 
Non-Executive Directors receive a fixed fee for Board and Committee duties and are not entitled to any 
performance-related remuneration.  
8.1 
Non-Executive Director Fees 
The NRW constitution provides that Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration must not exceed the maximum 
aggregate sum determined by the Company in a general meeting. At present, the maximum aggregate Non-
Executive Director sum is $1,500,000 per annum.  
During the period, the Board Chairperson fees increased from $225,000 to $250,000. This increase was due to the 
additional responsibilities incumbent on the Chairperson arising from the Company’s increasing scale and scope, 
particularly as areas of governance become more complex and have a greater impact on Company perception and 
market performance. Non-Executive Director fees (excluding superannuation and non-cash benefits) to be paid by 
the Company are outlined below. 
 
FY24 
FY23 
 
$ 
$ 
Board Chairperson 
250,000 
225,000 
Board Member 
125,000 
125,000 
Audit & Risk Committee Chairperson (1) (2) 
- 
25,000 
Audit Committee Chairperson (1) 
25,000 
- 
Risk Committee Chairperson (1) 
10,000 
- 
Sustainability Committee Chairperson (1) 
10,000 
10,000 
Nomination & Remuneration Committee Chairperson (1) 
10,000 
10,000 
(1) 
Fees are in addition to Board Member fees recognising the additional work involved in Chairing Board Committees. 
(2) 
During the year, the Audit & Risk Committee was split into the Audit Committee and Risk Committee. 
Non-Executive Directors are entitled to receive reimbursement for travel and other expenses they properly incur in 
attending Board meetings, attending any general meetings of the Company or in connection with the Company’s 
business. The table below sets out the fees paid to each Non-Executive Director during the financial year. 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED
 
 
Short-Term Employment  
Benefits 
Post Employment 
Benefits 
Total 
Salary & fees 
Non-cash benefit 
Superannuation 
 
 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
Michael Arnett 
FY24 
250,000 
- 
27,500 
277,500 
FY23 
225,000 
- 
23,625 
248,625 
Jeff Dowling 
FY24 
150,000 
- 
16,500 
166,500 
FY23 
150,000 
- 
15,750 
165,750 
Fiona Murdoch 
FY24 
135,000 
- 
14,850 
149,850 
FY23 
135,000 
- 
14,175 
149,175 
Peter Johnston (1) 
FY24 
56,250 
- 
6,188 
62,438 
FY23 
135,000 
- 
14,175 
149,175 
David Joyce (2) 
FY24 
33,173 
- 
3,649 
36,822 
FY23 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Adrienne Parker (3) 
FY24 
14,423 
- 
1,587 
16,010 
FY23 
- 
- 
- 
- 
TOTAL 
FY24 
638,846 
- 
70,274 
709,120 
FY23 
645,000 
- 
67,725 
712,725 
(1) Mr P Johnston retired on 28 November 2023. 
(2) Mr D Joyce was appointed on 19 March 2024. 
(3) Ms A Parker was appointed on 13 May 2024. 

45
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
9 
OTHER STATUTORY DISCLOSURES 
9.1 
Executive Remuneration Tables 
The table below sets out the remuneration outcomes for each of NRW’s Executives for the year ended  
30 June 2024. 
 
Year 
Salary & 
Fees 
Cash Based 
Awards (STI) 
Annual 
Leave(1) 
Post 
Employment 
Benefits (Super) 
Other 
Long-Term 
Benefits(2) 
Cost of 
Equity 
Grants (LTI) 
Total 
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 
Julian 
Pemberton 
2024 
1,322,682 
1,081,600 
86,589 
27,399 
22,081 
999,667 
3,540,018 
2023 
1,292,096 
714,968 
83,320 
25,292 
21,249 
1,103,599 
3,240,524 
OTHER EXECUTIVES 
Richard 
Simons 
2024 
674,700 
351,549 
(5,207) 
27,399 
- 
240,737 
1,289,178 
2023 
474,786 
221,681 
(23,462) 
18,969 
- 
121,050 
813,024 
Geoff Caton 
2024 
710,757 
224,763 
11,548 
27,500 
11,877 
167,410 
1,153,855 
2023 
683,474 
234,858 
10,723 
27,500 
11,440 
192,386 
1,160,381 
Michael 
Gollschewski 
2024 
705,854 
191,288 
19,022 
27,399 
- 
98,536 
1,042,099 
2023 
269,269 
38,008 
5,021 
12,646 
- 
36,037 
360,981 
Mike 
Sutton(3) 
2024 
571,405 
188,505 
26,454 
25,148 
- 
- 
811,512 
2023 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Total 
2024 
3,985,398 
2,037,705 
138,406 
134,845 
33,958 
1,506,350 
7,836,662 
Total 
2023 
2,719,625 
1,209,515 
75,602 
84,407 
32,689 
1,453,072 
5,574,910 
(1) 
Represents the movement in accrued annual leave. 
(2) 
Represents the movement in accrued long service leave. 
(3) 
Mr M Sutton was appointed on 11 September 2023. 
9.2 
Share Ownership  
9.2.1 
Shareholding and Transactions 
The number of ordinary shares in NRW Holdings Ltd (ASX: NWH) held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each 
individual (including shares held in the name of all close members of the Director’s or Executive’s family and entities 
over which either the Director or Executive or the family member has, directly or indirectly, control, joint control or 
significant influence) are shown below. These are ordinary shares held without performance conditions or 
restrictions for the preceding two financial years. 
 
Held at 30 June 2023 (1) 
Rights Vested 
Purchases 
Share Sales 
Held at 30 June 2024 
Michael Arnett 
1,012,534 
- 
- 
- 
1,012,534 
Jeff Dowling 
364,705 
- 
- 
- 
364,705 
Fiona Murdoch 
28,500 
- 
- 
- 
28,500 
David Joyce 
- 
- 
36,363 
- 
36,363 
Adrienne Parker 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Julian Pemberton 
9,040,742 
1,332,245 
- 
- 
10,372,987 
Richard Simons 
- 
- 
10,500 
- 
10,500 
Geoff Caton 
- 
256,470 
- 
(256,470) 
- 
TOTAL 
10,446,481 
1,588,715 
46,863 
(256,470) 
11,825,589 
(1) 
Mr P Johnston retired 28 November 2023 and had a shareholding of 137,771 as at that date. 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

46
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
9.2.2 
Prohibition on Hedging of Shares and Invested Equity Awards 
The Company’s share trading policy prohibits employees (including KMP) from dealing in NWH shares if the dealing 
is prohibited under the Corporations Act. Therefore, in accordance with this policy, all KMP are prohibited from 
entering into arrangements in connection with NWH shares which operate to limit the executives’ economic risk 
under any equity-based incentive schemes.  
The ability to deal with unvested Performance Rights is restricted in the relevant Performance Rights Plan Rules 
which apply to the Performance Rights which have been granted.  
9.3 
Related Party Transactions 
All transactions between the Company and its KMP or their associates during the 2024 financial year are disclosed 
at note 7.3 in the Annual Financial Statement. 
End of Remuneration Report (Audited) 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

47
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
 


ĞĂƌŽĂƌĚDĞŵďĞƌƐ

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to NRW Holdings Limited

/ŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƐĞĐƚŝŽŶϯϬϳŽĨƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐĐƚϮϬϬϭ͕/ĂŵƉůĞĂƐĞĚƚŽƉƌŽǀŝĚĞƚŚĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶŽĨ
ŝŶĚĞƉĞŶĚĞŶĐĞƚŽƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐŽĨEZt,ŽůĚŝŶŐƐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ͘

ƐůĞĂĚĂƵĚŝƚƉĂƌƚŶĞƌĨŽƌƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚƐŽĨEZt,ŽůĚŝŶŐƐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚĨŽƌƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůLJĞĂƌĞŶĚĞĚϯϬ
:ƵŶĞϮϬϮϰ͕/ĚĞĐůĂƌĞƚŚĂƚƚŽƚŚĞďĞƐƚŽĨŵLJŬŶŽǁůĞĚŐĞĂŶĚďĞůŝĞĨ͕ƚŚĞƌĞŚĂǀĞďĞĞŶŶŽĐŽŶƚƌĂǀĞŶƚŝŽŶƐŽĨ͗

;ŝͿ ƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚŽƌŝŶĚĞƉĞŶĚĞŶĐĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐŽĨƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐĐƚϮϬϬϭŝŶƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚ͖ĂŶĚ
;ŝŝͿ ĂŶLJĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞĐŽĚĞŽĨƉƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂůĐŽŶĚƵĐƚŝŶƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚ͘


zŽƵƌƐĨĂŝƚŚĨƵůůLJ




>K/dddKh,dK,Dd^h




<ŶĚƌĞǁƐ
WĂƌƚŶĞƌ
ŚĂƌƚĞƌĞĚĐĐŽƵŶƚĂŶƚƐ


 
ĞůŽŝƚƚĞdŽƵĐŚĞdŽŚŵĂƚƐƵ
EϳϰϰϵϬϭϮϭϬϲϬ
dŽǁĞƌϮ
ƌŽŽŬĨŝĞůĚWůĂĐĞ
ϭϮϯ^ƚ'ĞŽƌŐĞƐdĞƌƌĂĐĞ
WĞƌƚŚtϲϬϬϬ
'WKŽdžϰϲ
WĞƌƚŚtϲϴϯϳƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂ
dĞů͗нϲϭϴϵϯϲϱϳϬϬϬ
&Ădž͗нϲϭϴϵϯϲϱϳϬϬϭ
ǁǁǁ͘ĚĞůŽŝƚƚĞ͘ĐŽŵ͘ĂƵ
 
dŚĞŽĂƌĚŽĨŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐ
EZt,ŽůĚŝŶŐƐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ
ϭϴϭ'ƌĞĂƚĂƐƚĞƌŶ,ŝŐŚǁĂLJ
ĞůŵŽŶƚtϲϭϬϰ



ϭϰƵŐƵƐƚϮϬϮϰ
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
 
>ŝĂďŝůŝƚLJůŝŵŝƚĞĚďLJĂƐĐŚĞŵĞĂƉƉƌŽǀĞĚƵŶĚĞƌWƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂů^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐ>ĞŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶ͘
DĞŵďĞƌŽĨĞůŽŝƚƚĞƐŝĂWĂĐŝĨŝĐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚĂŶĚƚŚĞĞůŽŝƚƚĞŽƌŐĂŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶ͘

48
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
DIRECTOR S’ DEC LARATION  
THE DIRECTORS DECLARE THAT: 
(a) in the Directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts 
as and when they become due and payable; 
(b) in the Directors’ opinion, the attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards, as stated in note 1.2 to the financial statements; 
(c) in the Directors’ opinion, the attached financial statements and notes thereto are in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001, including compliance with accounting standards and giving a true and fair view of the 
financial position and performance of the consolidated entity;  
(d) in the Directors’ opinion, the Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement within the Annual Financial Statements 
is true and correct; and 
(e) the Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001. 
At the date of this declaration, the Company is within the class of companies affected by ASIC Class Order 98/1418. 
The nature of the Deed of Cross Guarantee is such that each company which is party to the deed guarantees to 
each creditor payment in full of any debt in accordance with the Deed of Cross Guarantee. 
In the Directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the companies to which 
the ASIC Class Order applies, as detailed in note 7.1 to the financial statements will, as a Group, be able to meet 
any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee. 
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 
2001. 
On behalf of the Directors 
 
 
Julian Pemberton  
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 
 
 
 
 
Michael Arnett 
Chairperson and Non-Executive Director 
 
Perth, 14 August 2024 
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

49
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
CONSOLIDATED STATEM ENT OF PR OFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER  COM PREH ENSIVE INCOM E 
For the Year Ended 30 June 2024 
 
 
Consolidated 
 
Notes 
2024 
2023 
 
 
$’000 
$’000 
REVENUE 
 
2,913,007 
2,667,064 
Other income 
2.3 
  27,911 
 6,001  
Materials and consumables 
 
 (662,213) 
 (697,315) 
Employee benefits expense 
 
 (1,035,443) 
 (931,412) 
Subcontractor costs 
 
 (612,979) 
 (477,942) 
Plant and equipment costs 
 
 (241,356) 
 (238,957) 
Depreciation and amortisation expenses 
 
 (145,553) 
 (128,418) 
Other expenses 
2.4 
  (82,360) 
 (56,443) 
Share of profit / (loss) from associates 
3.6 
 113  
 (495) 
Net finance costs 
2.5 
 (18,317) 
 (17,165) 
Profit before income tax 
 
142,810 
124,918 
Income tax expense 
6.1 
 (37,714) 
 (39,283) 
Profit for the year 
 
105,096 
85,635 
Profit and Other Comprehensive Income attributable to: 
 
 
 
Equity holders of the Company 
 
105,096 
85,635 
EARNINGS PER SHARE 
 
Cents 
Cents 
Basic earnings per share 
4.6 
 23.2  
19.0 
Diluted earnings per share 
4.6 
 22.7  
18.6 
The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR 
LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

50
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
CONSOLIDATED STATEM ENT OF FIN ANCIAL POSITION  
As at 30 June 2024 
 
 
Consolidated 
 
Notes 
2024 
2023 
 
 
$’000 
$’000 
ASSETS 
 
 
 
Current assets 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 
246,648 
227,580 
Trade and other receivables 
3.1 
429,792 
363,961 
Inventories 
3.2 
103,927 
97,298 
Other current assets 
 
25,957 
25,142 
Current tax assets 
 
489 
- 
Total current assets 
 
806,813 
713,981 
Non-current assets 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment 
3.3 
 554,154  
 490,959  
Right-of-use assets 
3.4 
 39,327  
 44,941  
Investments in listed equities 
3.5 
 4,359  
 25,822  
Investments in associates 
3.6 
 -    
 1,104  
Intangibles 
3.7 
 37,282  
 42,791  
Goodwill 
3.8 
 170,323  
 170,323  
Total non-current assets 
 
 805,445  
 775,940  
Total assets 
 
1,612,258 
1,489,921 
LIABILITIES 
 
 
 
Current liabilities 
 
 
 
Trade and other payables 
3.10 
 423,001  
 387,137 
Financial debt  
5.3 
 77,998  
 78,902  
Lease debt 
5.4 
 15,665  
 14,342  
Provisions 
3.11 
 96,881  
 81,280  
Current tax liabilities 
 
 1,169  
 272  
Total current liabilities 
 
 614,714  
561,933  
Non-current liabilities 
 
 
 
Financial debt 
5.3 
 201,810  
 181,515  
Lease debt 
5.4 
 29,986  
 37,161  
Provisions 
3.11 
 14,592  
 9,093  
Deferred tax liabilities 
6.4 
 98,600  
90,097 
Total non-current liabilities 
 
 344,988  
 317,866  
Total liabilities 
 
 959,702  
 879,799  
Net assets 
 
652,556 
610,122 
EQUITY 
 
 
 
Contributed equity 
4.2 
 383,416  
 383,416  
Reserves 
4.3 
 20,498  
 17,477  
Retained profits 
4.4 
 248,642  
 209,229  
Total equity 
 
 652,556  
 610,122  
The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
FINANCIAL POSITION

51
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
For the Year Ended 30 June 2024 
 
Notes 
Contributed 
Equity 
Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve 
Share Based 
Payment 
Reserve 
Total 
Reserves 
Retained 
Earnings 
Total  
Equity 
 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Balance as at  
30 June 2022 
 
383,416 
(79) 
14,358 
14,279 
193,395 
591,090 
Total profit and 
other 
comprehensive 
income for the year 
4.4 
- 
- 
- 
- 
85,635 
85,635 
Dividends paid 
4.5 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(69,801) 
(69,801) 
Movements in 
foreign currency 
 
- 
77 
- 
77 
- 
77 
Share based 
payments 
4.3 
- 
- 
3,121 
3,121 
- 
3,121 
Balance at  
30 June 2023 
 
383,416 
(2) 
17,479 
17,477 
209,229 
610,122 
Total profit and 
other 
comprehensive 
income for the year 
4.4 
- 
- 
- 
- 
105,096 
105,096 
Dividends paid 
4.5 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(65,683) 
(65,683) 
Movements in 
foreign currency 
 
- 
(65) 
- 
(65) 
- 
(65) 
Share based 
payments 
4.3 
- 
- 
3,086 
3,086 
- 
3,086 
Balance at  
30 June 2024 
 
383,416 
(67) 
20,565 
20,498 
248,642 
652,556 
The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
CHANGES IN EQUITY

52
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
CONSOLIDATED STATEM ENT OF CASH FLOW S 
For the Year Ended 30 June 2024 
 
 
Consolidated 
 
Notes 
2024 
2023 
 
 
$’000 
$’000 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
 
 
 
Receipts from customers 
 
 3,177,711  
 2,993,310  
Payments to suppliers and employees 
 
 (2,897,060) 
 (2,728,039) 
Interest paid 
2.5 
 (21,447) 
 (18,500) 
Interest received 
2.5 
 3,130  
 1,335  
Income tax paid 
 
 (28,802) 
 (1,112) 
Net cash flow from operating activities 
5.1 
 233,532  
 246,994  
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES 
 
 
 
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment 
 
 8,316  
 10,593  
Proceeds from the sale of investments 
 
 34,237  
 35  
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
3.3 
 (192,846) 
(183,400) 
Acquisition of intangible assets 
3.7 
 (1,985) 
 (3,896) 
Payment for subsidiary 
 
 -    
(2,113)   
Acquisition of shares in listed equities  
 
 -    
 (1,792) 
Net cash used in investing activities 
 
 (152,278) 
 (180,573) 
CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES 
 
 
 
Proceeds from borrowings 
5.3 
 105,032  
 104,411  
Repayment of borrowings  
5.3 
 (85,641) 
 (77,476) 
Repayment of lease debt 
5.4 
 (15,829) 
 (15,390) 
Payment of dividends to shareholders 
4.5 
 (65,683) 
 (69,801) 
Net cash used in financing activities 
 
 (62,121) 
 (58,256) 
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
 
 19,133 
 8,165  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 
 
 227,580  
 219,338  
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 
 
 (65) 
 77  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 
 
 246,648  
 227,580  
The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
CASH FLOWS

53
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
NOTES TO THE FINANC IAL STATEMENTS 
1 
GENERAL NOTES 
1.1 
General Information 
NRW Holdings Limited is a public company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange which is incorporated and 
domiciled in Australia. The address of the Company’s registered office is 181 Great Eastern Highway, Belmont, 
Western Australia. The consolidated financial statements of the Company, for the year ended 30 June 2024, 
comprises the Company and its subsidiaries, together referred to as ‘the Group’. The Group is primarily involved 
in the provision of diversified contract services to the resources and infrastructure sectors in Australia.  
1.2 
Basis of Preparation 
This section sets out the basis of preparation and the Group accounting policies that relate to the consolidated 
financial statements as a whole. Significant and other material accounting policies that summarise the 
measurement basis used and are relevant to an understanding of the financial statements, are provided throughout 
the notes to the financial statements, to which it relates. 
The financial report is a general-purpose financial report which: 
• 
Has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AASBs), including Australian 
Accounting Interpretations adopted by the Australian Accounting Standards Board, and the Corporations 
Act 2001. The financial report of the Group also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) and Interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); 
• 
Has been prepared on the basis of historical cost except for the revaluation of financial instruments. 
Historical cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services; 
• 
Is presented in Australian dollars (AUD); 
• 
Is rounded to the nearest thousand ($000), unless otherwise stated, in accordance with ASIC 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial & Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191;  
• 
Adopts all new and amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board (the AASB) that are relevant to the operations of the Group and effective for 
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2023. Refer to note 1.5 for further details; 
• 
Does not early adopt any Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have been issued or amended 
but are not yet effective; and 
• 
Has applied the Group accounting policies consistently to all periods presented. 
The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 14 August 2024. 
1.3 
Going Concern 
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Therefore the Group has 
continued to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. 
1.4 
Basis of Consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled 
by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company: 
• 
Has power over the investee; 
• 
Is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and 
• 
Has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. 
The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are 
changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

54
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
1.4 
Basis of Consolidation Continued 
When the Company has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it considers that it has power over 
the investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the 
investee unilaterally. The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the 
Company’s voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it power, including: 
• 
The size of the Company’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the 
other vote holders; 
• 
Potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote holders or other parties; 
• 
Rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and 
• 
Any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Company has, or does not have, the current 
ability to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting patterns 
at previous shareholders’ meetings. 
Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the 
Company loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed 
of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income 
from the date the Company gains control until the date when the Company ceases to control the subsidiary. 
Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies 
used in line with the Group’s accounting policies. 
All intra-Group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows, relating to material transactions 
between members of the Group, are eliminated on consolidation. 
1.5 
New Accounting Standards 
The Group has adopted all the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (the AASB) that are relevant to their operations and effective for the current financial year: 
Standard / Interpretation 
OECD Pillar Two Reform – Amendments to AASB 112: Income Tax  
1.6 
Accounting Judgements and Estimates 
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, which are described throughout the notes to the financial statements, 
management is required to make judgements (other than those involving estimations) that have a significant impact 
on the amounts recognised, and to make estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based 
on historical experience and various other factors that are considered to be reasonable under the circumstances. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates. 
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates 
are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised: 
• 
If the revision affects only that period; or 
• 
In the period of the revision and future periods, if the revision affects both current and future periods. 
Throughout the notes to the financial statements, further information is provided about key judgements and 
estimates that the Group consider material to the financial statements. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

55
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
1.7 
Climate-Related Considerations 
Climate-related risk is a developing issue that can affect NRW’s business through a reduction to current activity 
levels in certain sectors, the physical and transitional risks associated with moving to a low-carbon economy, and 
increased Government policy and mandates.  
Mitigation actions include ensuring climate-related risks and opportunities form part of the Group’s strategic 
decision-making process; updating risk management processes to include climate-related risks and opportunities; 
identifying and implementing opportunities within the business that reduce NRW’s carbon footprint; offering clients 
low-carbon solutions to support their emissions reduction targets, and partnering with industry to invest in and drive 
low emissions technology development where relevant to the business. 
The accounting-related measurement and disclosure items that are most impacted by commitments, and climate-
related risks more generally, relate to those areas in the financial statements that are prepared based on historical 
cost and subject to estimation uncertainties in the medium term. Climate change impacts can also introduce greater 
volatility in assets measured or carried at fair value. 
The Group’s current climate-related commitment is reflected in the Group’s Directors’ report, and the financial 
statements, within note 3.3 and note 3.9. 
2 
BUSINESS PERFORMANCE 
2.1 
Segment Reporting 
NRW is comprised of three reportable segments, Civil, Mining and Minerals, Energy & Technologies. Business 
activities are conducted primarily in Australia, with engineering offices in Canada and the USA. 
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components of 
the Group). Segment operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (the 
Board of Directors) who make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its 
performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. 
Reportable Segments 
NRW has structured its business reporting into three segments, Civil, Mining and Minerals, Energy & Technologies.  
• 
Civil: The Civil segment specialises in the delivery of private and public civil infrastructure projects, mine 
development, bulk earthworks and commercial and residential subdivisions. Civil construction projects 
include roads, bridges, tailings storage facilities, rail formations, ports, renewable energy projects, water 
infrastructure and concrete installations. 
• 
Mining: The Mining segment specialises in mine management, contract mining, load and haul, drill and 
blast, coal handling preparation plants, maintenance services and the fabrication of water and service 
vehicles. 
• 
Minerals, Energy & Technologies: The Minerals, Energy & Technologies (MET) segment includes 
Primero Group (Primero), RCR Mining Technologies (RCR), DIAB Engineering (DIAB) and Overflow 
Industrial (OFI). Primero is a multidisciplinary engineering business that specialises in the design, 
construction, operation and maintenance of global resource projects across the mineral processing, 
energy and non-process infrastructure market segments. RCR is a leading Original Equipment 
Manufacturer (OEM) that offers innovative materials handling design capability. DIAB is an engineering 
and fabrication services provider to the metals and mining industry and provides specialist maintenance 
(shutdown services and onsite maintenance), industrial engineering and construction services. OFI 
specialises in industrial electrical engineering, automation, switchboard design and manufacture, 
instrumentation and electrical design and construction across a number of sectors including mining and 
resources, government and defence, fuels and explosives, infrastructure, utilities and industrial 
processing. 
Segment results include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a 
reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise predominantly corporate expenses. Inter-segment pricing is 
determined on an arm’s length basis. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

56
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
2.1 
Segment Reporting Continued 
Reportable Segment Revenues and Results 
2024 
Civil 
Mining 
MET 
Corporate / 
Eliminations 
Total 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Revenue 
 655,459  
 1,524,875  
 791,808  
 (59,135) 
 2,913,007  
EBITDA(1)  
 31,712  
 259,332  
 61,157  
 (17,401) 
 334,800  
EBITDA margin (%) 
4.8% 
17.0% 
7.7% 
- 
11.5% 
Depreciation and amortisation(2)  
 (1,897) 
 (115,782) 
 (15,612) 
 (6,372) 
 (139,663) 
EBITA(3) 
 29,815  
 143,550  
 45,545  
 (23,773) 
 195,137  
EBITA margin (%) 
4.5% 
9.4% 
5.8% 
- 
6.7% 
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles(4)  
 
 
 
 
 (5,890) 
Non-recurring transactions(5) 
 
 
 
 
 (28,120) 
Net interest 
 
 
 
 
 (18,317) 
Profit before income tax 
 
 
 
 
 142,810  
Income tax expense 
 
 
 
 
 (37,714) 
Profit for the year 
 
 
 
 
 105,096  
 
 
 
 
 
 
2023 
Civil 
Mining 
MET 
Corporate / 
Eliminations 
Total 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Revenue 
 548,033  
 1,441,042  
 729,114  
(51,125) 
 2,667,064  
EBITDA(1)  
 23,387  
 234,039  
 43,964  
 (12,587) 
 288,803  
EBITDA margin (%) 
4.2% 
16.2% 
6.0% 
- 
10.8% 
Depreciation and amortisation(2)  
 (2,727) 
 (99,986) 
 (13,500) 
 (6,315) 
 (122,528) 
EBITA(3) 
 20,660  
 134,053  
 30,464  
 (18,902) 
 166,275  
EBITA margin (%) 
3.8% 
9.3% 
4.2% 
- 
6.2% 
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles(4)  
 
 
 
 
 (5,890) 
Non-recurring transactions(5) 
 
 
 
 
 (18,302) 
Net interest 
 
 
 
 
 (17,165) 
Profit before income tax 
 
 
 
 
 124,918 
Income tax expense 
 
 
 
 
 (39,283) 
Profit for the year 
 
 
 
 
 85,635 
(1) 
EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(2) 
Includes depreciation, and amortisation of software. 
(3) 
EBITA is earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(4) 
Amortisation of intangibles as part of business acquisitions.  
(5) 
Non-recurring transactions in FY24 included transactions relating to the Wärtsilä settlement offset by net gains on investments. In FY23, 
transactions related to Gascoyne Resources and Nathan River Resources. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

57
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
2.1 
Segment Reporting Continued 
Segment Assets and Liabilities 
 
Segment Assets 
Segment Liabilities 
 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Civil 
 174,442  
 98,403  
 134,035  
 96,368  
Mining 
 806,069  
 776,866  
 464,673  
 461,070  
MET 
 374,066  
 375,062  
 219,489  
 191,640  
Unallocated  
 257,681  
 239,590  
 141,505  
 130,721  
Consolidated 
 1,612,258  
 1,489,921  
 959,702  
 879,799  
Information About Major Customers  
Included in the revenues arising from sales of the reportable segments are approximate revenues to arise from the 
sales to the Group’s largest customers.  
For the year end 30 June 2024, there were two major customers, one contributing 12.1% of group revenue being 
$352.6 million for the Civil segment and the other contributing 10.9% of group revenue being $316.9 million for the 
Mining segment. 
For the year end 30 June 2023, there was only one major customer contributing 11.1% of group revenue being 
$297.1 million for the Mining segment. 
2.2 
Revenue 
Construction Contracts 
Revenues from construction contracts are recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the contract 
activity. Measurement is based on the proportion of contract costs incurred for work performed to date relative to 
the estimated total contract costs, except where this would not be representative of the stage of completion.  
The Directors consider that this input method is an appropriate measure of the progress towards complete 
satisfaction of performance obligations under AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 
The Group becomes entitled to invoice customers for construction contracts based on achieving a series of 
performance-related milestones. When a particular milestone is reached, the customer is sent a relevant statement 
of work signed by a third party assessor and an invoice for the related milestone payment. The Group will previously 
have recognised a contract asset for any work performed. Any amount previously recognised as a contract asset 
is reclassified to trade receivables at the point at which it is invoiced to the customer. If the milestone payment 
exceeds the revenue recognised to date under the cost-to-cost method, then the Group recognises a contract 
liability for the difference. 
Service Contracts 
Revenue from service contracts is recognised on the basis of the value of work completed. Customer contracts are 
generally based on schedule of rates for each of the activities performed which identify value for the work performed 
and hence the value of revenue to be recognised. 
Revenue for preventative maintenance contracts is recognised progressively over the contract term. 
 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

58
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
2.2 
Revenue Continued 
Transaction Price and Contract Modifications 
The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to under the 
customer contract and which is used to value total revenue and is allocated to each performance obligation. The 
determination of this amount includes both ‘fixed consideration’ (for example the agreed lump sum, aggregated 
schedule of rates or pricing for services) and ‘variable consideration’. 
The main variable consideration elements are claims (contract modifications) and consideration for optional works 
and provisional sums, each of which needs to be assessed. Contract modifications are changes to the contract 
approved by the parties to the contract. When determining whether approval has been granted by the parties to 
the contract, the Group takes into consideration factors including, but not limited to, contract terms, customary 
business practices, the status of the negotiation process, the ability to enforce the other party and expert legal 
opinion. 
A contract modification may exist even though the parties to the contract may not have finalised the scope or price 
(or both) of the modification. Contract modifications may include a claim, which is an amount that the contractor 
seeks to collect as reimbursement for costs incurred (and/or to be incurred) due to reasons or events that could 
not be foreseen and are not attributable to the contractor, for more work performed (and/or to be performed) or 
variations that were not formalised in the contract scope.  
The right to income from a contract modification shall be provided to the extent the agreement with the customer 
creates enforceable rights and obligations. Once the enforceable right has been identified, the Group applies the 
guidance given in AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers in relation to variable consideration. This 
requires an assessment that it is highly probable that there will not be a significant reversal of this revenue in the 
future. 
Costs to Obtain and Fulfil a Contract 
Costs incurred during the tender/bid process are expensed, unless they are incremental to obtaining the contract 
and the Group expects to recover those costs or where they are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless 
of whether the contract is obtained. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that an entity 
incurs to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. 
Financing Components 
The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods or 
services to the customer represents a financing component. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust any of 
the transaction prices for the time value of money. 
Warranties 
Generally, construction and services contracts include defect and warranty periods following completion of the 
project. These obligations are not deemed to be separate performance obligations and are therefore estimated and 
included in the total costs of the contracts. Where required, amounts are recognised accordingly in line with AASB 
137: Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. Refer to note 3.11 for further details. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

59
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
2.2 
Revenue Continued 
Key Judgements and Estimates  
Stage of completion 
Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total 
estimated costs. Key assumptions regarding costs to complete include estimations of labour, technical costs, 
impact of delays and productivity. These estimates are performed by qualified professionals within the project 
teams. 
Variable consideration 
The measurement of the additional consideration arising from claims is subject to a high level of uncertainty, 
both in terms of the amounts that the customer will pay and the collection times, which usually depend on the 
outcome of negotiations between the parties or decisions taken by judicial/arbitration bodies. The Group 
considers all the relevant aspects and circumstances such as the contract terms, business and negotiating 
practices of the sector, the Group’s historical experiences with similar contracts and consideration of those 
factors that affect the variable consideration that are out of the control of the Group or other supporting evidence 
when making the above decision. 
Remaining Performance Obligations (Work in Hand) 
The transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations (unsatisfied or partially satisfied) at  
30 June 2024 is set out below. 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Civil 
447,958  
591,477  
Mining  
3,415,801  
3,886,150  
MET 
1,075,161  
1,412,328  
Total 
4,938,920  
5,889,955  
2.3 
Other Income 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Gain on sale of financial assets 
  23,059 
-  
Fair value net gains on financial assets  
- 
1,428 
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment 
 1,132  
 1,997  
Lease income 
 602  
 494  
All other income 
 3,118 
 2,082 
Total 
27,911  
6,001  
2.4 
Other Expenses 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Wärtsilä settlement and associated legal fees 
 (28,304) 
 (3,923) 
Impairment of financial assets (Spartan Resources) 
 -    
 (11,979) 
Fair value net losses on financial assets 
 (11,501) 
 -    
All other expenses 
 (42,555) 
 (40,541) 
Total 
 (82,360) 
(56,443) 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

60
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
2.5 
Net Finance Costs 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Interest income 
 3,130  
 1,335  
Total finance income 
 3,130  
 1,335  
Interest expense on financial debt 
 (18,366) 
 (15,424) 
Interest expense on lease debt 
 (3,081) 
 (3,076) 
Total finance expenses 
 (21,447) 
 (18,500) 
Net finance costs 
 (18,317) 
 (17,165) 
3 
BALANCE SHEET 
3.1 
Trade and Other Receivables 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Trade receivables 
 152,108  
 108,423  
Contract assets 
 250,607  
 240,085 
Other receivables including loans to associates 
 27,077  
15,453 
Total trade and other receivables 
 429,792  
363,961  
Trade Receivables 
Trade receivables represent receivables in respect of which the Group’s right to consideration is unconditional, 
subject only to the passage of time. Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value 
and subsequently at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method, less an allowance for expected credit 
losses. 
The average credit period on trade receivables ranges from 30 to 75 days in most cases. In determining the 
recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group used the expected credit loss model as per AASB 9: Financial 
Instruments. 
Contract Assets 
AASB 15 uses the terms ‘contract asset’ and ‘contract liability’ to describe what might more commonly be known 
as ‘accrued revenue’ and ‘deferred revenue’. Contract assets represent the Group’s right to consideration for 
services provided to customers for which the Group’s right remains conditional on something other than the 
passage of time. Amounts are generally reclassified to trade receivables when contract performance obligations 
have been certified or invoiced to the customer. Contract liabilities arise where payment is received prior to work 
being performed. 
Age of Trade Receivables that are Past Due 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
61 - 90 days 
 2,529  
888  
91 days+ 
 4,383  
 559  
Total 
 6,912  
 1,447  
Past due is defined under AASB 7: Financial Instruments: Disclosures to mean any amount outstanding for one or 
more days after the contractual due date. Past due amounts relate to a number of trade receivable balances where, 
for various reasons, the payment terms may not have been met. The expected credit losses are immaterial.  
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

61
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.1 
Trade and Other Receivables Continued 
Key Judgements and Estimates 
Estimation of contract revenue (contract assets) 
Where performance obligations are satisfied over time, revenue is recognised in the consolidated statement of 
profit and loss by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of each performance obligation. 
Fundamental to this calculation is a reliable estimate of the transaction price. Refer to note 2.2 for judgements 
applied in determining the amount of unbilled revenue to recognise. 
3.2 
Inventories 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Raw materials and consumables 
 88,202  
 84,363  
Work in progress 
 15,725  
 12,935  
Total inventories 
 103,927  
 97,298  
3.3 
Property, Plant and Equipment 
 
Land 
Buildings 
Leasehold 
Improvements 
Plant and 
Equipment 
Total 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
COST 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2022 
3,218 
7,249 
4,364 
997,955 
1,012,786 
Acquisitions from business combination 
- 
- 
165 
689 
854 
Additions  
- 
- 
60 
183,340  
183,400  
Disposals 
- 
(20) 
- 
(88,644) 
(88,664) 
Balance as at 30 June 2023 
3,218 
7,229 
4,589 
1,093,340 
1,108,376 
Additions  
 -    
 -    
 200  
 192,646  
 192,846  
Disposals 
 (2,205) 
 (619) 
 (9) 
 (66,088) 
 (68,921) 
Balance as at 30 June 2024 
 1,013  
 6,610  
 4,780  
 1,219,898  
 1,232,301  
DEPRECIATION 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2022 
1,000 
6,094 
2,174 
580,009 
589,277 
Depreciation expense  
- 
223  
232  
107,753  
108,208  
Disposals 
- 
(18) 
- 
(80,050) 
(80,068) 
Balance as at 30 June 2023 
1,000 
6,299  
2,406  
607,712  
617,417  
Depreciation expense  
 -    
 161  
 231  
 122,075  
 122,467  
Disposals 
 (1,000) 
 (619) 
 (163) 
 (59,955) 
 (61,737) 
Balance as at 30 June 2024 
 -    
 5,841  
 2,474  
 669,832  
 678,147  
CARRYING VALUES 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2023 
2,218 
930 
2,183 
485,628 
490,959 
At 30 June 2024 
 1,013  
 769  
 2,306  
 550,066  
 554,154  
Recognition and Measurement 
The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation 
and impairment. All property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, is depreciated or amortised at rates 
appropriate to the estimated useful life of the assets or in the case of certain leased plant and equipment, the 
shorter lease term or hours (usage) reflecting the effective lives. 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

62
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.3 
Property, Plant and Equipment Continued 
A technical assessment of the operating life of an asset requires significant judgement. Useful lives are amended 
prospectively when a change in the operating life is determined. 
The normal expected useful lives bands are: 
Buildings 
4 to 40 years 
Leasehold improvements 
2 to 7 years 
Major plant and equipment 
5 to 10 years (normally based on machine hours) 
Minor plant and equipment 
1.5 to 10 years 
Office equipment 
2 to 8 years 
Furniture and fittings 
2 to 5 years 
Motor vehicles 
3 to 7 years 
The bands provide a range of effective lives, regardless of methodology used in the depreciation process (either 
machine hours or straight line).  
Depreciation rates and methods are normally reviewed at least annually. Where depreciation rates or methods are 
changed, the net written-down value of the asset is depreciated from the date of the change in accordance with 
the new depreciation rate or method. Depreciation recognised in prior financial years is not changed, that is, the 
change in depreciation rate or method is accounted for on a ‘prospective’ basis. An asset’s carrying amount is 
written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount. 
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are 
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an 
item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss. 
Property, plant and equipment, as well as intangible assets, are systematically depreciated or amortised to their 
estimated residual values over their projected useful lives. The determination of these useful lives, and 
consequently the rate of depreciation or amortisation, aligns with NRW’s climate-related commitments.  
The Group’s policies regarding property, plant and equipment, as well as intangible assets, are also subject to 
considerations of impairment estimation uncertainties, as detailed in note 3.9. This note provides information on 
key judgements and estimates related to climate-related matters that could potentially impact the useful economic 
lives of the associated assets. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

63
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.4 
Right-of-Use (RoU) Assets  
 
RoU  
Buildings 
RoU  
Plant and Equipment 
Total 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
COST 
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2022 
57,091 
15,150 
72,241 
Acquisitions from business combinations 
235 
- 
235 
Additions 
5,718 
8,179 
13,897 
Disposals 
(3,590) 
(4,411) 
(8,001) 
Balance as at 30 June 2023 
59,454 
18,918 
78,372 
Additions 
 3,363  
 6,614  
 9,977  
Disposals 
 (840) 
 (4,838) 
 (5,678) 
Balance as at 30 June 2024 
 61,977  
 20,694  
 82,671  
DEPRECIATION 
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 2022 
20,444 
7,329 
27,773 
Depreciation expense 
8,493 
5,166 
13,659 
Disposals 
(3,590) 
(4,411) 
(8,001) 
Balance as at 30 June 2023 
25,347 
8,084 
33,431 
Depreciation expense 
 9,466  
 6,125  
 15,591  
Disposals 
 (840) 
 (4,838) 
 (5,678) 
Balance as at 30 June 2024 
 33,973  
 9,371  
 43,344  
CARRYING VALUES 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2023 
34,107 
10,834 
44,941 
At 30 June 2024 
28,004  
11,323  
39,327  
 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

64
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.5 
Investments in Listed Equities 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Investments at fair value through profit and loss  
 
 
Spartan Resources Limited (formerly Gascoyne) (ASX: SPR)(1) 
- 
9,964  
Green Technology Metals Limited (ASX: GT1) 
 1,262  
 11,960  
Barton Gold Limited (ASX: BGD) 
 1,983  
 1,983  
Grid Metals Corp. (TSXV: GRDM.V) 
 715  
 1,644  
Other listed equities 
 399  
 271  
Total investments in listed equities 
 4,359  
 25,822  
(1) 
Total shareholding sold during the period for $33.0 million. 
All equity investments within the scope of AASB 9 are measured at fair value in the statement of financial position 
with value changes recognised in profit or loss, except for those equity investments for which the Group has elected 
the option to present value changes in other comprehensive income if it is not held for trading. The fair value of the 
listed equities is determined based on prices quoted on stock exchanges at the close of trading on 30 June 2024. 
The quoted prices are derived from active markets, ensuring a high degree of reliability in the valuation process. 
3.6 
Investments in Associates 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
Interest in Associates 
 
 
Salini Impregilo NRW Joint Venture 
20% 
20% 
NewGen Drilling Pty Ltd 
- 
20% 
Reconciliation and Movement in the Group’s Carrying Value of its Investments 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Opening balance of investment in associates 
1,104 
1,599 
Share of profit / (loss) from equity accounted investments 
113 
(495) 
Sale of share in associates 
(1,217) 
- 
Closing balance of investment in associates 
- 
1,104 
The Group accounts for its investments in associates using the equity method. The investment in associates is 
carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of the associates’ net assets, less any impairment 
in value in accordance with AASB 136: Impairment of Assets.  
Key Judgements and Estimates 
Determination of control 
The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the Company’s voting 
rights in an investee are sufficient to give it control, including: 
• 
The size of the Company’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the 
other vote holders; 
• 
Potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote holders or other parties; 
• 
Rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and 
• 
Any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Company has, or does not have, the 
current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including 
voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings. 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

65
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.7 
Intangible Assets 
 
Software and 
System 
Development 
Patent Technology 
Brand Names 
Customer 
Relationships 
Total 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
COST 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 
2022 
18,108 
9,460 
17,967 
71,046 
116,581 
Additions 
3,896 
- 
- 
- 
3,896 
Assets recognised on 
business combinations 
- 
- 
703 
3,940 
4,643 
Balance as at 30 June 
2023 
22,004 
9,460 
18,670 
74,986 
125,120 
Additions 
1,985 
- 
- 
- 
1,985 
Balance as at 30 June 
2024 
23,989 
9,460 
18,670 
74,986 
127,105 
AMORTISATION 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as at 30 June 
2022 
12,835 
9,460 
- 
53,483 
75,778 
Amortisation expense  
661 
- 
- 
5,890 
6,551 
Balance as at 30 June 
2023 
13,496 
9,460 
- 
59,373 
82,329 
Amortisation expense  
1,604 
- 
- 
5,890 
7,494 
Balance as at 30 June 
2024 
15,100 
9,460 
- 
65,263 
89,823 
CARRYING VALUES 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2023 
8,508 
- 
18,670 
15,613 
42,791 
At 30 June 2024 
8,889 
- 
18,670 
9,723 
37,282 
Intangible Assets Acquired in a Business Combination 
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are recognised 
initially at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their deemed cost). 
Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Software and System Development 
Software is recognised at cost of acquisition. Software has a finite life and is carried at cost less any accumulated 
amortisation and any impairment losses. Software is amortised over its useful life ranging from two to seven years. 
Patent Technology 
Patents are initially recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their deemed cost). 
Patents have a finite life and are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses. 
They are amortised over their useful life of up to five years. 
Brand Names 
Brand names recognised by the Group have an indefinite useful life and are not amortised. Each period, the useful 
life of this asset is reviewed to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful 
life assessment for the asset. Such assets are tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently whenever 
there is the presence of other indicators of impairment. 
Customer Relationships 
Customer relationships are initially recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their 
deemed cost). Customer relationships have a finite life and are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation 
and any impairment losses. They are amortised over their useful life of up to five years. 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

66
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.8 
Goodwill 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Balance at beginning of the period 
170,323 
168,467 
Amounts recognised on business combinations 
- 
1,856 
Balance at end of the period 
170,323 
170,323 
Goodwill arising on an acquisition of a business is carried at cost established at the date of the acquisition of the 
business less accumulated impairment losses, if any.  
Goodwill is attributable to Cash Generating Units (CGU) aggregated in the following reporting segments whose 
results are regularly reviewed by the Board. 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Civil 
18,513 
18,513 
Mining 
59,858 
59,858 
MET 
91,952 
91,952 
Balance at end of the period 
170,323 
170,323 
3.9 
Impairment of Assets 
At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets 
to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. 
The determination of the existence of impairment indicators requires a degree of management judgement. If any 
such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the 
impairment loss (if any). When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the 
Group estimates the recoverable amount of a CGU to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent 
basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual CGUs, or otherwise they are 
allocated to the smallest group of CGUs for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified. 
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, intangible assets not yet available for use, and goodwill are tested for 
impairment at least annually, and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. 
Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use (VIU). In assessing value in use, 
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which estimates of 
future cash flows have not been adjusted. These estimates are based on internal budgets, forecasts and asset life 
plans. Factors such as prices, operating costs, capital expenditure, taxes, risk adjustments applied to cash flows 
and discount rates are considered in these projections. It should be noted that some assumptions and values may 
differ from those of market participants, as they reflect management's perspective. 
If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount 
of the asset (or CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount.  
An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued 
amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease. The Company undertook formal 
impairment testing for those obligatory CGUs to which goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles are allocated, and 
those where the Company determined the existence of impairment indicators.  
All estimates involve management's judgements and assumptions, and they are inherently subject to risks and 
uncertainties beyond the control of the Group. Consequently, changes in circumstances have the potential to 
significantly impact projections, thereby affecting the recoverable amount of assets / CGUs at each reporting date. 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

67
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.9 
Impairment of Assets Continued 
The Group recognises that climate-related impacts can affect NRW’s business and can potentially result in either 
an increase or decrease in demand for the Group's services due to policy, regulatory (including carbon pricing 
mechanisms), legal, technological, market or societal responses towards climate change, along with certain 
physical impacts which might arise from heightened risks stemming from more frequent or severe extreme weather 
events and long-term alterations in climate patterns. These impacts have been considered when assessing the 
recoverable amounts for assets or CGUs within the Group. 
Key areas of management judgement required in this assessment include: 
Key Judgements and Estimates 
Sales and earnings growth 
The five-year cash flow estimates used in assessments for all CGUs were based on Board approved budgets 
for the year ending 30 June 2025 adjusted for material known transactions. Growth assumptions thereafter are 
2.5% (2023: 2.5%) per annum for each future year. The terminal value assumes perpetual growth of 2.5% 
(2023: 2.5%). Growth rates do not exceed historical averages. 
Discount rate 
A pre-tax discount rate of 12.2% (2023: 14.1%), which includes a risk margin, was applied to the cash flows 
within each of the CGUs. 
Working capital and capital expenditure 
Working capital has been adjusted to return to, and continue to reflect, what management estimate to be normal 
operating levels in order to continue to support the underlying businesses.  
Capital expenditure forecasts were based on the various strategic business plans and those levels considered 
appropriate to sustain current growth projections above the current level of operating activities.  
The Company was satisfied that the recoverable values were sufficiently in excess of their carrying values at 
reporting date. This conclusion was supported having applied a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions used 
in determining the recoverable values. 
Sensitivity Analysis 
Short-term assumptions 
The Company simulated several scenarios to sensitise future cash flows for different outcomes associated with 
the short-term climate-related risks identified in assessing indicators of potential impairment, highlighted above. 
These included the net future cash flow impacts of: 
• 
An absolute or timing delay for disruptions at a current client’s operations; or 
• 
A non-award or delay to an award of future contracts. 
Long-term assumptions 
In addition, the Company undertook sensitivity analysis with regard to the longer-term drivers of future cash flow 
relating to: 
• 
Future years’ growth rate assumption adjusted to a range of 1.5% to 3.5% growth per annum; and  
• 
Pre-tax discount rate assumption increased from 12.2% to 13.9%, representing the higher degree of 
risk to returns through an extended period of higher uncertainty surrounding input costs due to global 
inflationary pressures, labour availability, supply chain constraints and climate-related impacts. 
Each of these individual sensitivities were performed in isolation of the other and did not result in the carrying 
values of any CGU exceeding their respective recoverable amounts assessed at 30 June 2024. 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

68
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.10 Trade and Other Payables 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Trade payables 
 233,560  
 250,060  
Goods and service tax 
 9,511  
 9,416  
Other payables  
 68,537  
 34,011 
Accruals 
 111,393  
 93,650  
Total trade and other payables 
 423,001  
 387,137  
The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 60 days of recognition. 
The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within credit terms 
pre-agreed. All payables are expected to be settled within the next 12 months. 
3.11 Provisions 
 
Consolidated 
 
Onerous 
Contracts 
Warranty 
and Other 
Employee 
Benefits 
Total 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Total balance as at 30 June 2023 
 130  
 1,924  
 88,319  
 90,373  
Provisions made during the year 
 10  
 2,159  
 109,199  
 111,368  
Provisions applied during the year 
 (140) 
 (1,313) 
 (88,815) 
 (90,268) 
Total balance as at 30 June 2024 
 -    
 2,770  
 108,703  
 111,473  
Current provisions 
- 
 1,319  
 95,562  
 96,881  
Non-current provisions 
- 
 1,451  
 13,141  
 14,592  
Total balance as at 30 June 2024 
- 
 2,770  
 108,703  
 111,473  
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past 
event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of 
the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration 
required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and 
uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle 
the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (where the effect of the time 
value of money is material). 
Onerous Contracts 
A provision is made for the difference between the expected cost of fulfilling a contract and the expected unearned 
portion of the transaction price where the forecast costs are greater than the forecast revenue. The provision is 
recognised in full in the period in which loss-making contracts are identified under AASB 137. 
Warranties and Other 
Provisions for warranties and defect claims are made for the estimated liability on all products still under warranty 
at balance sheet date and known defects arising under service and construction contracts. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

69
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
3.11 Provisions Continued 
Employee Benefits 
The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives 
recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period. These liabilities are measured 
at the amounts expected to be paid when they are settled and include related on-costs. 
Key Judgements and Estimates 
Onerous contracts 
These provisions have been calculated based on management’s best estimate of discounted net cash outflows 
required to fulfil the contracts (where the effect of the time value of money is material). The status of these 
contracts and the adequacy of provisions are assessed at each reporting date. 
Warranties 
The provision is estimated having regard to previous claims experience.  
Long service leave 
Management judgement is applied in determining employee entitlements for long service leave. This 
determination considers future increases in wages and salaries, future on-cost rates, employee departures and 
period of service. Expected future payments are discounted using the market yield at the reporting date on 
Australian corporate bonds, with terms to maturity and currencies to match, as close as possible, the estimated 
future cash outflows. 
4 
CAPITAL STRUCTURE 
The Group manages its capital structure to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going 
concern while maximising returns to shareholders. 
Gearing Ratio 
The Board meets regularly to determine the level of borrowings and shareholder funding required to appropriately 
support business operations. The gearing ratio is a function of the capital structure, dividends and movements in 
debt. The gearing ratio was calculated at 30 June 2024 as: 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Cash and cash equivalents 
 246,648  
 227,580  
Financial debt 
 (279,808) 
 (260,417) 
Lease debt 
 (45,651) 
 (51,503) 
Net Debt 
 (78,811) 
 (84,340) 
Total equity 
 652,556 
 610,122  
Gearing 
12.1% 
13.8% 
Gearing excl. lease debt 
5.1% 
5.4% 
 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

70
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
4.1 
Financial Instruments and Risk Management 
Capital Risk Management 
The capital structure of the Group is comprised of debt and equity. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, 
the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new 
shares or increase or decrease debt. 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that it 
can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due, provide adequate returns to shareholders, maintain an 
appropriate capital structure to optimise its cost of capital and maintain an investment grade credit rating to ensure 
ongoing access to funding. The Group is subject to certain financing arrangement covenants and meeting these is 
given priority in all capital risk management decisions. There have been no events of default on the financing 
arrangements during the financial year. 
Financial Risk Management 
The Group’s overall financial risk strategy seeks to ensure appropriate funding levels, approved treasury directives 
to meet ongoing project needs and to allow flexibility for growth. The Board has ultimate responsibility for the 
Group’s policy of risk management. The risk policies and procedures are reviewed periodically. In addition, the 
going concern basis is reviewed throughout the year, ensuring adequate working capital is available.  
The financial instruments in the Group primarily consist of interest-bearing debt, cash, trade receivables and 
payables. The Group has minimal foreign currency risks.  
Interest Rate Risk Management 
Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument or cash flow associated with the instrument will 
fluctuate due to changes in the market interest rates. Sources of financial exposure include variable-rate borrowings 
(cash flow risk) and fixed-rate borrowings (fair value risk). Interest rate exposures are kept within an acceptable 
range as determined by the Board.  
The Board continues to monitor the Group’s exposure to market rate volatility. If the Group were to consider a 
movement of 200 basis points in interest rates or cost of funds, this would have an immaterial impact circa  
$1.0 million to the cost of debt. Refer to the Consolidated Interest and Liquidity table on the following page for 
further details around interest rate profiles. 
Foreign Exchange and Currency Exposure 
The Group consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars (AUD). The Board considers that 
movements in foreign currency will have virtually no impact on operating profits, given that most projects are agreed 
and billed in Australian dollars, and cash holdings in other currencies other than AUD are negligible. Should foreign 
operations expand, suitable risk measures would be put in place accordingly. Any new developments which the 
Group considers or bids for are considered as part of the risk management reviews held by the Board. Other than 
specific transactions or purchases negotiated with the supplier, transactions dealing in foreign currency are dealt 
with at spot rates. 
Liquidity Risk Management 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Ultimate 
responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board, which has established an appropriate liquidity risk 
management framework for the management of the Company’s short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity 
management requirements. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining appropriate banking facilities, 
ensuring a suitable credit control program, continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows, and considering 
the level of capital commitment commensurate with project demands and other market forces. 
The estimated contractual maturity for its financial liabilities and financial assets is set out in the following tables. 
The tables show the effective interest rates and average interest rates as relevant to each class. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

71
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
 
Effective Interest  
Rate 
Total 
< 1 Year 
1 to 5 
Years 
> 5 Years 
 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Bank loans 
7.2% 
 49,561  
 9,561  
 40,000  
 -    
Equipment finance 
5.6% 
 230,046  
 68,236  
 161,810  
 -    
Lease debt 
6.6% 
 45,651 
 15,665  
 29,986  
 -    
Trade and other payables(1) 
 
 423,001  
 423,001  
 -    
 -    
Other 
 
 201  
 201  
 -    
 -    
Subtotal 
 
 748,460 
 516,664  
 231,796 
 -    
(1) 
Normal trade payable terms. See note 3.10. 
Consolidated Interest and Liquidity Analysis 2023 – Financial Liabilities 
 
Effective Interest  
Rate 
Total 
< 1 Year 
1 to 5 
Years 
> 5 Years 
 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Bank loans 
6.0% 
 42,037  
 12,662  
 29,375  
 -    
Equipment finance 
5.0% 
 218,181  
 66,041  
 152,140  
 -    
Lease debt 
6.3% 
 51,503  
 14,342  
 34,133  
 3,028  
Trade and other payables(1) 
 
 387,137  
 387,137  
 -    
 -    
Other 
 
 199  
 199  
 -    
 -    
Subtotal 
 
 699,057  
 480,381  
 215,648  
 3,028  
(1) 
Normal trade payable terms. See note 3.10.  
Credit Risk 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to 
meet its contractual obligations.  
The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and from its financing 
activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions and other financial instruments. The carrying 
amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements net of any allowance for losses, represents the 
Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk without taking into account the value of any collateral. 
Trade and other receivables payment terms are primarily 30 to 75 days. Cash retentions are low as clients require 
bonds and bank guarantees. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of these counterparties are regularly 
monitored and transactions are diversified among approved counterparties. 
Expected Credit Losses 
The Group recognises a loss allowance for Expected Credit Losses (ECL) on investments in debt instruments that 
are measured at amortised cost, including lease receivables, amounts due from customers and on loan 
commitments.  
The Group has elected to measure the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount equal to the lifetime 
ECL if the credit risk of that financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition. Lifetime ECL 
represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a 
financial instrument. 
In making the assessment, management takes into consideration the Group’s historical credit loss experience, 
adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the 
current, as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money where 
appropriate. 
The amount of ECL is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the 
respective financial instrument. 
As at 30 June 2024, expected credit losses are immaterial. 
4.1 
Financial Instruments and Risk Management Continued 
Consolidated Interest and Liquidity Analysis 2024 – Financial Liabilities 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

72
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
4.2 
Issued Capital 
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares 
 
Consolidated 
  
2024 
2023 
  
$’000 
$’000 
ORDINARY SHARES 
 
 
455,102,564 fully paid ordinary shares  
(2023: 451,247,975) 
383,416 
383,416 
All issued shares are fully paid and rank equally. Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry a 
right to dividends. 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2024 
2023 
2023 
 
No. ‘000 
$‘000 
No. ‘000 
$‘000 
FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES 
 
 
 
 
Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
 451,248  
 383,416  
 449,194  
 383,416  
Issue of shares to executives and employees 
3,855 
- 
2,054 
- 
Balance at the end of the period 
455,103 
383,416 
 451,248  
 383,416  
4.3 
Reserves 
 
Consolidated 
  
2024 
2023 
  
$’000 
$’000 
Share based payment reserve 
 20,565  
17,479 
Foreign currency reserve 
 (67) 
(2) 
Total reserves 
 20,498  
17,477 
Share Based Payment Reserve 
 
Consolidated 
  
2024 
2023 
  
$’000 
$’000 
 Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
 17,479  
14,358 
Share based payments 
 3,086  
3,121 
Balance at the end of the financial year 
 20,565  
17,479 
Information relating to performance rights, including details of rights issued, exercised and lapsed during the 
financial year and outstanding at the end of the financial year, is set out in the Remuneration Report and at 
note 4.7. 
4.4 
Retained Earnings 
 
Consolidated 
  
2024 
2023 
  
$’000 
$’000 
Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
 209,229  
193,395 
Net profit attributable to members of the parent entity 
 105,096  
85,635 
Dividends paid 
 (65,683) 
(69,801) 
Balance at the end of the financial year 
 248,642  
209,229 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

73
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
4.5 
Dividends 
During the period, NRW Holdings Limited made the following dividend payments: 
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares 
Consolidated Year Ended 
30 June 2024 
Consolidated Year Ended 
30 June 2023 
Cents per share 
$’000 
Cents per share 
$’000 
Final dividend (FY23 / FY22)  
8.0 
36,101 
7.0 
31,444 
Interim dividend (FY24 / FY23)  
6.5 
29,582 
8.5(1) 
38,357 
Total dividend payments 
 
65,683 
 
69,801 
(1) 
This was an unfranked dividend. 
The Directors have declared a final dividend for the current financial year of 9.0 cents per share. The dividend will 
be fully franked and paid in October 2024. 
Franking Account 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Franking account balance at 1 July 
 1,798  
 14,985  
Australian income tax paid 
 27,171  
 278  
Franking credits transferred to head entity upon acquisition 
 -    
 972  
Franking credits attached to dividends paid: 
 
  
As final dividend 
 (15,471) 
 (13,476) 
As interim dividend 
 (12,678) 
 - 
Accrued dividend paid to vendors of acquired company after acquisition 
 -    
 (961) 
Franking account balance at 30 June 
 820  
 1,798  
Franking credits that will attach to the payment of fully franked dividends declared 
but not paid as at reporting date 
(17,554) 
(15,471)  
4.6 
Earnings Per Share 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
Profit for the year ($’000) 
105,096  
 85,635  
Weighted average number of shares for the 
purposes of basic earnings per share (000s) 
453,913 
450,404  
Basic earnings per share 
23.2 cents per share 
19.0 cents per share 
Shares deemed to be issued for no consideration in respect of: 
 
 
Performance rights (000’s) 
 8,103  
9,063  
Weighted average number of shares used for the 
purposes of diluted earnings per share (000s) 
462,016 
459,467  
Diluted earnings per share 
22.7 cents per share 
18.6 cents per share 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

74
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
4.7 
Share Based Payments 
Share based compensation payments are provided to employees in accordance with the NRW Holdings Limited 
Performance Rights Plan (PRP) detailed in the Remuneration Report. 
Share based compensation payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. 
The choice of valuation methodology is determined by the structure of the awards, particularly the vesting 
conditions: 
• 
Market based valuations – a Monte-Carlo simulation valuation methodology is used to determine the 
share based payment cost relative to TSR growth. The valuation methodology used is chosen from those 
available to incorporate an appropriate amount of flexibility with respect to the particular performance and 
vesting conditions of the award; and 
• 
Non-market-based valuations – EBITDA, EBITA, EPS and Gearing targets are based on a 30-day VWAP 
up to and including the grant date, risk-weighted for the likelihood of achievement of the vesting 
conditions. The valuation methodology assumes between 25% and 100% achievement of vesting 
conditions. 
The variables in the valuation model are the share price on the date of the award, the duration of the award, the 
risk-free interest rate, share price volatility and dividend yield. The inputs used for each of the current schemes are 
provided below. 
Scheme ID 
Risk-Free  
Interest Rate 
Share Price  
Volatility 
Dividend Yield 
Value  
(cents per share) 
O 
0.29% 
62.74% 
1.34% 
30.1 to 182 
S 
0.29% 
92.52% 
3.62% 
56.1 to 153 
T 
0.29% 
87.82% 
3.62% 
60.5 to 153 
U 
0.27% 
65.21% 
3.62% 
38.7 to 192 
W 
1.02% 
62.08% 
6.57% 
20.2 to 165 
X 
0.42% 
62.12% 
6.57% 
12.8 to 152 
Y 
3.23% 
61.10% 
8.13% 
47.9 to 252 
Z 
3.49% 
61.10% 
8.13% 
44.6 to 254 
A 
3.06% 
61.10% 
8.13% 
56.1 to 260 
B 
2.98% 
61.10% 
8.13% 
63.8 to 289 
C 
3.28% 
61.10% 
8.13% 
55.9 to 298 
D 
3.28% 
61.10% 
8.13% 
55.9 to 298 
E 
2.88% 
61.10% 
8.13% 
32.4 to 240 
F 
2.78% 
61.10% 
8.13% 
33.4 to 239 
G 
3.98% 
43.23% 
7.06% 
37.9 to 257 
H 
3.83% 
43.23% 
7.06% 
48.4 to 284 
I 
3.86% 
43.23% 
7.06% 
46.2 to 278 
For all awards, the share price volatility assumption is representative of the level of uncertainty expected in the 
movements of the Company’s share price over the life of the award. The assessment of the volatility includes the 
historic volatility of the market price of the Company’s share and the mean reversion tendency of volatilities. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

75
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
4.7 
Share Based Payments Continued 
Details of the awards for each scheme, the status of those awards and share based payment expense for KMP and non-KMP is provided in the table below.  
Name / Scheme 
Scheme 
ID 
Allocation 
Date 
Vesting 
Date 
Balance of 
Unvested Equity 
Awards as at  
1 July 2023 
Lapsed / 
Forfeited 
in FY24 
Granted in FY24 
Vested in FY24 
Balance of Unvested 
Equity Awards as at  
30 June 2024 
Fair Value 
Per 
Security 
Fair Value 
at Grant 
Date 
Fair Value at 
Vesting Date 
Share Based 
Payments 
Expense FY24 
  
  
  
  
Number of Rights 
  
Number of Rights 
Number of Rights 
Number of Rights 
Cents 
$ 
$ 
$ 
J Pemberton 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FY20 Tranche 2 
O 
26/11/2019 
30/11/2023 
582,246 
- 
- 
(582,246) 
- 
30.1 to 182 
835,411 
1,502,192  
- 
FY21 Tranche 1 
U 
25/11/2021 
30/09/2023 
750,000 
- 
- 
(750,000) 
- 
38.7 to 192 
798,625 
2,017,500  
- 
FY22 Tranche 1 
X 
25/11/2021 
30/09/2024 
986,842 
- 
- 
- 
986,842 
12.8 to 152 
611,020 
- 
182,840  
FY23 Tranche 1 
Y 
18/11/2022 
30/09/2025 
862,167 
- 
- 
- 
862,167 
47.9 to 252 
1,414,816 
- 
471,605  
FY24 Tranche 1 
G 
30/11/2023 
30/09/2026 
- 
- 
693,333 
- 
693,333 
37.9 to 257 
1,035,666  
- 
345,222  
Subtotal 
 
 
 
3,181,255  
-  
693,333  
(1,332,246) 
2,542,342  
 
4,695,538  
3,519,692  
999,667  
R Simons 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FY23 Tranche 1 
Y 
18/11/2022 
30/09/2025 
221,298 
- 
- 
- 
221,298 
47.9 to 252 
363,150 
- 
121,050 
FY24 Tranche 1 
G 
30/11/2023 
30/09/2026 
- 
- 
240,376 
- 
240,376 
37.9 to 257 
359,062 
- 
119,687 
Subtotal 
 
 
 
221,298  
- 
240,376  
-  
461,674  
 
722,212  
-  
240,737  
G Caton 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FY20 Tranche 2 
O 
20/07/2020 
30/11/2023 
137,980  
- 
- 
(137,980) 
-  
30.1 to 182 
197,975  
355,988  
- 
FY21 Tranche 1 
U 
17/06/2022 
30/09/2023 
118,490  
- 
- 
(118,490) 
- 
38.7 to 192 
126,172  
318,738  
-  
FY22 Tranche 1 
X 
17/06/2022 
30/09/2024 
157,730  
- 
- 
- 
157,730  
12.8 to 152 
97,661  
- 
29,224  
FY23 Tranche 1 
Y 
18/11/2022 
30/09/2025 
137,620  
- 
- 
- 
137,620  
47.9 to 252 
225,835  
-  
75,278  
FY24 Tranche 1 
G 
30/11/2023 
30/09/2026 
- 
- 
126,342  
- 
126,342  
37.9 to 257 
188,723  
-  
62,908  
Subtotal 
 
 
 
551,820  
- 
126,342  
(256,470) 
421,692  
 
836,366  
674,726 
167,410  
M Gollschewski 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FY23 Tranche 1 
C 
8/02/2023 
30/09/2025 
55,804  
- 
- 
- 
55,804  
55.9 to 298 
108,111  
- 
36,037  
FY24 Tranche 1 
G 
30/11/2023 
30/09/2026 
- 
- 
125,521  
- 
125,521  
37.9 to 257 
187,497  
-  
62,499  
Subtotal 
 
 
 
55,804  
- 
125,521  
- 
181,325  
 
295,608  
- 
98,536  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

76
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
4.7 
Share Based Payments Continued 
Name / Scheme 
Scheme 
ID 
Allocation 
Date 
Vesting 
Date 
Balance of 
Unvested Equity 
Awards as at  
1 July 2023 
Lapsed / 
Forfeited 
in FY24 
Granted in FY24 
Vested in FY24 
Balance of Unvested 
Equity Awards as at  
30 June 2024 
Fair Value 
Per 
Security 
Fair Value 
at Grant 
Date 
Fair Value at 
Vesting Date 
Share Based 
Payments 
Expense FY24 
  
  
  
  
Number of Rights 
  
Number of Rights 
Number of Rights 
Number of Rights 
Cents 
$ 
$ 
$ 
Non-KMP Summary 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FY20 Tranche 2 
O 
20/07/2020 
30/11/2023 
584,219  
- 
- 
(584,219)  
- 
30.1 to 182 
838,241  
1,507,285  
- 
FY20 Tranche 2 
S 
1/06/2021 
30/09/2023 
656,250  
- 
- 
(656,250) 
- 
58.2 to 153 
811,425  
1,765,313  
- 
FY21 Tranche 1 
S 
1/06/2021 
30/09/2023 
328,125  
- 
- 
(328,125) 
- 
56.1 to 153 
455,506  
882,656  
- 
FY21 Tranche 2 
T 
1/06/2021 
30/09/2024 
262,500  
- 
- 
- 
262,500  
60.5 to 153 
448,069  
- 
- 
FY21 Tranche 1 
U 
17/06/2022 
30/09/2023 
697,281  
- 
- 
(697,281)  
- 
38.7 to 192 
742,489  
1,875,686  
- 
FY22 Tranche 1 
W 
16/12/2021 
30/03/2025 
197,368  
- 
- 
- 
197,368  
20.2 to 165 
136,421  
- 
40,940  
FY22 Tranche 1 
X 
17/06/2022 
30/09/2024 
1,175,357  
(134,320) 
- 
- 
1,041,037  
12.8 to 152 
727,741  
- 
192,880  
FY23 Tranche 1 
Y 
18/11/2022 
30/09/2025 
1,174,888 
(119,743) 
- 
- 
1,055,145  
47.9 to 252 
1,927,990  
- 
577,163 
FY23 Tranche 1 
Z 
12/10/2022 
30/09/2025 
41,436  
- 
- 
- 
41,436  
44.6 to 254 
68,121  
- 
22,707  
FY23 Tranche 1 
A 
6/12/2022 
30/09/2025 
23,481  
- 
- 
- 
23,481  
56.1 to 260 
40,462  
- 
13,487  
FY23 Tranche 1 
B 
20/01/2023 
30/09/2025 
28,450  
- 
- 
- 
28,450  
63.8 to 289 
54,373  
- 
18,124  
FY23 Tranche 1 
D 
8/02/2023 
30/09/2025 
21,053  
- 
- 
- 
21,053  
55.9 to 298 
40,787  
- 
13,596  
FY23 Tranche 1 
E 
20/03/2023 
30/09/2025 
25,814  
- 
- 
- 
25,814  
32.4 to 240 
39,091  
- 
13,030  
FY23 Tranche 1 
F 
21/03/2023 
30/09/2025 
15,937  
(15,937)  
- 
- 
- 
33.4 to 239 
24,092  
- 
- 
FY24 Tranche 1 
G 
30/11/2023 
30/09/2026 
- 
- 
1,857,654  
- 
1,857,654  
37.9 to 257 
2,774,870 
- 
924,961 
FY24 Tranche 1 
H 
19/04/2024 
30/09/2026 
- 
- 
95,372  
- 
95,372  
48.4 to 284 
161,155  
- 
53,717 
FY24 Tranche 1 
I 
17/05/2024 
30/09/2026 
- 
- 
73,384  
- 
73,384  
46.2 to 278 
120,717  
- 
40,239  
Subtotal 
 
 
 
5,232,159  
(270,000)  
2,026,410  
(2,265,875) 
4,722,694  
 
9,411,550  
6,030,940  
1,910,844 
Grand Total 
 
 
 
9,242,336  
(270,000) 
3,211,982  
(3,854,591)  
8,329,727  
 
15,961,274  
10,225,358  
3,417,194  
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

77
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5 
FINANCING 
5.1 
Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly-
liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.  
Reconciliation of Profit for the Period to Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD 
 105,096  
 85,635 
Adjustments for: 
 
 
Depreciation and amortisation 
 145,553  
 128,418  
Gain on sale of financial assets 
(23,059) 
(4) 
Fair value net loss / (gain) on financial assets 
 11,501  
 (3,307) 
Share based payment expense 
 3,086  
 3,121 
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment 
 (1,132) 
 (1,997) 
Share of (profit) / loss from associates 
 (113) 
 495  
Net cash generated before movement in working capital 
 240,932  
 212,361 
Change in trade and other receivables 
 (65,830) 
 44,687  
Change in lease receivables 
 -    
 180  
Change in inventories 
 (6,629) 
 (26,988) 
Change in other assets  
 (815) 
 (2,597) 
Change in trade and other payables 
 35,863  
 (8,108) 
Change in provisions 
 21,100  
 (10,404) 
Change in current tax liabilities 
 408  
 148  
Change in deferred tax balances 
 8,503  
 37,715  
Net cash from operating activities 
 233,532  
 246,994  
5.2 
Guarantees 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Bank guarantees 
 11,907  
27,410 
Insurance bonds 
 340,099  
154,740 
Balance at the end of the financial year 
 352,006  
182,150 
The Group has contract performance bank guarantees and insurance bonds issued in the normal course of 
business in respect to its contracts. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

78
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5.3 
Financial Debt 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
SECURED AT AMORTISED COST 
 
 
Current 
  
 
Bank loans 
 9,561  
12,662 
Equipment finance 
 68,236  
66,041 
Other 
 201  
199 
Total current financial debt 
 77,998  
 78,902  
Non-current 
 
 
Bank loans 
 40,000  
 29,375  
Equipment finance 
 161,810  
 152,140  
Total non-current financial debt 
 201,810  
 181,515  
Total financial debt 
 279,808  
 260,417  
All loans and financial debt are initially recognised at fair value, being the amount received less attributable 
transaction costs. After initial recognition, interest-bearing liabilities are stated at amortised cost, with any difference 
between cost and redemption value being recognised in the statement of profit or loss over the period of the 
borrowings on an effective interest basis. 
Various financial institutions provide the Group with fixed interest rate finance leases, secured by the underlying 
assets financed.  
As at 30 June 2024, the Group is in compliance with its obligations under its facilities and expects to be in 
compliance with agreed covenants throughout the year ending 30 June 2025. The Group has in place a multi-
option general banking facility with Bankwest and Bank of China. The agreement provides NRW with facilities to 
be used for contract guarantees, and facilities which can be used for either contract guarantees or as working 
capital (an overdraft facility). As discussed at note 7.6 within these Financial Statements, subsequent to year-end, 
the Group has negotiated new and expanded facilities. 
Financial debt movement reconciliation for the year ended 30 June 2024. 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Opening balance  
 260,417  
233,160 
Equipment finance assumed (through business acquisition) 
 -    
322 
New equipment finance 
 85,032  
104,411 
Repayment of equipment finance 
 (73,167) 
(65,006) 
New financial debt 
20,000 
- 
Net repayment of financial debt 
 (12,474) 
(12,470) 
Total financial debt 
 279,808  
260,417 
 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

79
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5.3 
Financial Debt Continued 
Interest-Bearing Finance Facilities 
Consolidated finance facilities as at 30 June 2024 
Finance Description 
Face Value (limit) 
Carrying Amount (utilised) 
Unutilised Amount 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Banking facilities(1) 
237,800 
49,561 
188,239 
Equipment finance(2) 
598,955 
230,046 
368,909 
Guarantees and insurance bonds(3) 
521,966 
352,006 
169,960 
(1) 
Includes cash advance facilities and an overdraft facility. 
(2) 
Terms range from one to five years. 
(3) 
$10.0 million of the overall limit is interchangeable as an overdraft facility. 
Consolidated finance facilities as at 30 June 2023 
Finance Description 
Face Value (limit) 
Carrying Amount (utilised) 
Unutilised Amount 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Banking facilities(1) 
135,300 
42,037 
93,263 
Equipment finance(2) 
514,785 
218,181 
296,604 
Guarantees and insurance bonds(3) 
399,001 
182,150 
216,851 
(1) 
Includes cash advance facilities and an overdraft facility. 
(2) 
Terms range from one to five years. 
(3) 
$10.0 million of the overall limit is interchangeable as an overdraft facility. 
5.4 
Lease Debt 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Opening balance 
51,503 
 52,761  
New leases through a business combination 
- 
 235  
New leases 
 9,977  
 13,897  
Net repayments 
 (15,829) 
 (15,390) 
Balance at 30 June  
 45,651  
 51,503  
Current 
 15,665  
 14,342  
Non-current 
 29,986  
 37,161  
Total lease debt 
 45,651  
 51,503 
 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

80
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5.4 
Lease Debt Continued 
Group lease debt relates mainly to properties, with the balance comprised of plant and equipment, various types 
of vehicles and IT equipment.  
With the adoption of AASB 16: Leases, the Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception 
of the contract. The Group recognises a lease asset and a corresponding lease debt with respect to all lease 
arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 
months or less) and leases of low-value assets (such as tablets and personal computers, small items of office 
furniture and telephones). For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the 
time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed. 
The lease debt is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the 
commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, 
the lessee uses its incremental borrowing rate. 
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease debt comprise: 
• 
Fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable; 
• 
Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the 
commencement date; 
• 
The amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees; 
• 
The exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and 
• 
Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to 
terminate the lease. 
The lease debt is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease debt 
(using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made. The 
Group remeasures the lease debt (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related lease asset) whenever: 
• 
The lease term has changed or there is a significant event or change in circumstances resulting in a 
change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case, the lease debt is remeasured 
by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; 
• 
The lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate, or a change in expected payment under 
a guaranteed residual value, in which case, the lease debt is remeasured by discounting the revised lease 
payments using an unchanged discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a 
floating interest rate, in which case, a revised discount rate is used); and 
• 
The lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in 
which case, the lease debt is remeasured based on the lease term of the modified lease by discounting 
the revised lease payments, using a revised discount rate at the effective date of the modification. 
The Group did not make any material adjustments during the periods presented. 
Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease debt and 
the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or 
condition that triggers those payments occurs. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

81
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
5.4 
Lease Debt Continued 
Key Judgements and Estimates  
Determination of the existence of leases  
Identifying a lease will sometimes require a significant amount of judgement based on the elements of the 
definition of a lease, including identification of the leased asset, whether the contract passes the right to 
substantially obtain all of the economic benefits from the use of identified assets within the defined scope of the 
contract and whether the supplier has a substantive right to substitute identified assets throughout the period of 
use. 
Lease extension periods 
In determining the lease term, the Group considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive 
to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after 
termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not 
terminated). After the commencement date, the Group reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event 
or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise (or not to exercise) the 
option to renew. 
Incremental borrowing rate 
In determining the present value of the future lease payments, the Group discounts the lease payments using 
an incremental borrowing rate (IBR). The IBR reflects the financing characteristics and duration of the underlying 
lease. Once a discount rate has been set for a leased asset (or portfolio of assets with similar characteristics), 
this rate will remain unchanged for the term of that lease. When a lease modification occurs, and it is not 
accounted for as a separate lease, a new IBR will be assigned to reflect the new characteristics of the lease. 
5.5 
Capital and Other Commitments 
Capital expenditure that was contracted at the end of the reporting period but not recognised as liabilities: 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Not later than 12 months 
 68,932  
68,151 
Between 12 months and 5 years 
 73  
790 
Greater than 5 years 
 -    
16 
Total capital and other commitments  
 69,005  
 68,957  
The capital commitments are to be funded from cash and available finance facilities. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

82
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6 
TAXATION 
6.1 
Income Tax Recognised in Profit or Loss 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
CURRENT TAX EXPENSE 
 
 
Current year income tax  
 29,461  
1,521 
Other adjustments 
 (250) 
47 
Subtotal 
 29,211  
1,568 
DEFERRED TAX EXPENSE 
 
 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
 6,606  
37,589 
Deferred tax assets not brought to account 
 1,897  
126 
Subtotal 
8,503 
37,715 
Total income tax expense 
37,714 
39,283 
6.2 
Reconciliation of Effective Tax Rate 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Profit before tax for the period 
 142,810  
124,918 
INCOME TAX USING THE COMPANY’S DOMESTIC TAX RATE OF 30% 
 42,843  
37,475 
Changes in income tax expense due to: 
 
 
Adjustments recognised in the current year in relation to prior years 
1,525 
696  
Non-assessable income 
 (5,385) 
- 
Non-deductible costs 
 530  
1,425 
Share based payments 
 (1,550) 
(1,062) 
Non-recoverable withholding taxes 
 2  
316 
Effect of different income tax rates for subsidiaries operating in a different tax 
jurisdiction  
(265) 
(179) 
Current year unrealised losses on investments not recognised as deferred tax 
assets 
 1,418  
486 
Use of prior year unrecognised tax losses 
 (1,882) 
- 
Current year tax losses not recognised as deferred tax assets 
 478  
126 
Total income tax expense  
 37,714  
39,283 
6.3 
OECD Pillar Two Model Rules 
The Group is within the scope of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Pillar Two 
model rules. In June 2023, the AASB issued amendments to AASB 112: Income Taxes that include specific 
disclosure requirements. The Australian Federal Government announced as part of the 2023 Federal Budget that 
it would adopt the Pillar Two rules, including a 15% global minimum tax and a 15% domestic minimum tax. These 
rules are intended to apply for years commencing on or after 1 January 2024, with an additional underpaid profits 
tax rule to apply for years commencing on or after 1 January 2025. Legislation to effect these Pillar Two provisions 
has been introduced but is yet to be enacted in Australia. 
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted in Canada, a jurisdiction in which a subsidiary member of the Group is 
incorporated, coming into effect from 1 January 2024. No current tax expense has been recorded for the current 
financial year due to the Group’s Canadian subsidiary not being liable to any Pillar Two tax (including by qualifying 
for a transitional ‘safe harbour’ exemption from the imposition of any top-up tax). 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

83
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6.4 
Current and Deferred Tax Balances 
Current Tax Liabilities 
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the 
consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income because of items of income or expense 
that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for 
current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted in the relevant jurisdictions 
by the end of the reporting period. 
Income taxes are paid in the jurisdictions where the Group operates, predominantly Australia. Significant judgement 
is involved in applying the tax rules and regulations relevant in deriving the final provision for income tax. If, in 
subsequent periods, matters arise that cause the final tax outcome to vary to the reported carrying amounts, such 
differences will alter the tax balances in the period the change is identified. 
Tax losses have been applied to offset Australian taxable income. The reported current tax liability as at  
30 June 2024 relates to estimated tax payable in Australia. The reported current tax asset relates to estimated 
refunds in the United States.  
Deferred Tax Balances 
 
Assets 
Liabilities 
Net 
 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Accrued income 
 -    
 -    
 (42,473) 
 (28,828) 
 (42,473) 
 (28,828) 
Inventories 
 -    
 -    
 (3,461) 
 (3,399) 
 (3,461) 
 (3,399) 
Property, plant and equipment 
 -    
 -    
 (79,469) 
 (99,071) 
 (79,469) 
 (99,071) 
Investments and joint ventures 
 -    
 -    
 (1,133) 
 (3,144) 
 (1,133) 
 (3,144) 
Intangibles 
 -    
 -    
 (11,697) 
 (10,618) 
 (11,697) 
 (10,618) 
Leases 
 1,897  
 1,952  
 -    
 -    
 1,897  
 1,952  
Provisions 
 32,511  
 32,619  
 -    
 -    
 32,511  
 32,619  
Accrued expenses 
 4,636  
 4,278  
 -    
 -    
 4,636  
 4,278  
Corporate costs 
 597  
 949  
 -    
 -    
 597  
 949  
Share based payments 
 1,789  
 2,381  
 -    
 -    
 1,789  
 2,381  
Losses 
 -    
 13,381  
 -    
 -    
 -    
 13,381  
Other 
 416  
 589  
 (2,213) 
 (1,186) 
 (1,797) 
 (597) 
Deferred tax assets / (liabilities) 
 41,846  
 56,149  
 (140,446) 
 (146,246) 
 (98,600) 
 (90,097) 
Movement of Deferred Tax Balances 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
DEFERRED TAX EXPENSE 
 
 
Recognised in profit or loss (note 6.1) 
(8,503) 
(37,715) 
Balance acquired through business combinations 
- 
(1,303) 
Total 
(8,503) 
(39,018) 
 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

84
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6.4 
Current and Deferred Tax Balances Continued 
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. 
Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable 
that taxable profits will be available, against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such 
deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects 
neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. 
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries 
and associates and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the 
temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 
Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests 
are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise 
the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. 
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is 
no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which 
the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax 
consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, 
to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 
The Group has applied the mandatory temporary exception to accounting for deferred taxes arising from the 
implementation of the Pillar Two model rules published by the OECD in accordance with the amendment to AASB 
112 issued by the AASB in June 2023.  
Accordingly, the Group neither recognises nor discloses information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related 
to Pillar Two income taxes. 
Unrecognised Deferred Tax Balances 
No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of current-year foreign tax losses. During the year a deferred 
tax asset arising from the revaluation of investments was derecognised due to representing a potential capital loss. 
6.5 
Relevance of Tax Consolidation to the Group 
The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities formed a tax consolidated group under Australian 
taxation law with effect from 1 July 2014 and are therefore taxed as a single entity from that date. The head entity 
within the tax consolidated group is NRW Holdings Limited. The members of the tax consolidated group are 
identified in note 7.1.  
Tax expense or benefit, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the 
members of the tax consolidated group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the 
tax consolidated group using the ‘stand-alone taxpayer’ approach by reference to the carrying amounts in the 
separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying under tax consolidation. Current tax 
liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits of the members of the 
tax consolidated group are recognised by the Company (as head entity in the tax consolidated group). Due to the 
existence of a tax funding agreement between the entities in the tax consolidated group, amounts are recognised 
as payable to, or receivable by, the Company and each member of the Group in relation to the tax contribution 
amounts paid or payable between the parent entity and the other members of the tax consolidated group in 
accordance with the agreement.  
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

85
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6.5 
Relevance of Tax Consolidation to the Group Continued 
Nature of Tax Funding Arrangements and Tax Sharing Agreements 
Entities within the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement and a tax sharing agreement 
with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding agreement, NRW Holdings Limited and each of the entities 
in the tax consolidated group have agreed to pay a tax equivalent payment to or from the head entity, based on the 
current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity. The tax sharing agreement entered into between members of 
the tax consolidated group provides for the determination of the allocation of income tax liabilities between the 
entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations or if an entity should leave the tax consolidated 
group.  
6.6 
Goods and Services Tax 
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST), except:  
• 
Where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority, it is recognised as part 
of the cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; or 
• 
Receivables and payables which are recognised inclusive of GST. 
The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or 
payables. 
Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising 
from investing and financing activities which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority, is classified 
within operating cash flows. 
6.7 
Tax Policy, Strategy and Governance 
Approach to Tax Governance 
NRW has developed a Board-approved Tax Risk Management Framework (TRMF) to govern the way in which the 
Group manages its tax obligations. The TRMF has been designed in line with the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) 
Tax Risk Management and Governance Review Guide. The TRMF applies to all entities within the NRW tax 
consolidated group. 
In accordance with the TRMF, decisions on tax risk are reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer and reported to the 
Audit and Risk Committee as appropriate. Ultimate responsibility for tax governance is borne by the Board. Tax 
risk assessments are conducted and are consistent with the risk tolerance levels applied to other decisions in the 
business.  
Corporate Income Tax Contribution Summary 
At 30 June 2023, NRW had carry forward tax losses, resulting in no income tax being payable in Australia. The 
NRW tax consolidated group has commenced paying corporate tax in Australia in the current financial year due to 
fully utilising those losses. 
The ATO publishes the income tax information of taxpayers with a total income of $100 million or more. The 
information is published in the Report of Entity Tax Information online. NRW confirms the following disclosures 
under the ATO regime.  
 
2018-19 
2019-20 
2020-21 
2021-22 
2022-23(1) 
 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
$’000 
Total income 
1,087,568 
2,011,916 
2,235,779 
2,390,037 
2,559,087 
Taxable / Net income 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
11.9 
Nil 
Tax payable 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
(1) 
Not yet disclosed by the ATO under the Report of Entity Tax Information regime online. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

86
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
6.7 
Tax Policy, Strategy and Governance Continued 
Relationships with Tax Authorities 
NRW is committed to open and transparent dealings with the ATO and other relevant tax authorities. NRW’s 
approach to engagement with these authorities is to be compliant with tax laws to ensure its statutory obligations 
are met.  
NRW is considered to be a significant global entity and is included in the ATO's Justified Trust review program. 
NRW’s last assurance review under this regime was finalised in June 2022. The ATO obtained an overall high level 
of assurance that NRW paid the correct amount of Australian income tax for the income years reviewed. 
International Related Party Dealings 
The NRW Group includes entities incorporated under foreign jurisdictions where corporate tax is remitted in 
accordance with the applicable taxation laws and administrative guidance. 
NRW does not have material operations located outside of Australia, resulting in minor international-related party 
dealings. These dealings are disclosed to the ATO within the International Related Party Dealings Schedule, and 
to the ATO and other revenue authorities through annual Country-by-country reporting. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

87
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7 
OTHER NOTES 
7.1 
Subsidiaries 
Information about the composition of the Group at the end of the reporting period is as follows: 
Entity 
Principal Activities 
Country of 
Incorporation 
Ownership Interest 
2024 
2023 
NRW Holdings Limited  
(ACN 118 300 217) < 
Holding Company 
Australia 
- 
- 
Actionblast Pty Ltd 
(ACN 058 473 331) < 
Mining Equipment Solutions 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Action Drill & Blast Pty Ltd 
(ACN 144 682 413) < 
Drill & Blast 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Hughes Drilling 1 Pty Ltd 
(ACN 011 007 702) < 
Dormant 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
NRW Pty Ltd  
(ACN 067 272 119) < 
Civil & Mining 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
The Trustee for NRW Unit Trust  
(ABN 69 828 799 317)  
Civil & Mining 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
NRW Contracting Pty Ltd 
(ACN 008 766 407) < 
Civil, Mining & Urban 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
NRW Contracting (No.2) Pty Ltd 
(ACN 621 008 473) < 
Mining 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
DIAB Engineering Pty Ltd 
(ACN 611 036 689) < 
MET 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
NRW Intermediate Holdings Pty Ltd 
(ACN 120 448 179) < 
Intermediary 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Indigenous Mining & Exploration Company Pty Ltd 
(ACN 114 493 579) < 
Investment Shell 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
NRW International Holdings Pty Ltd 
(ACN 138 827 451) < 
Investment Shell 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
RCR Heat Treatment Pty Ltd 
(ACN 631 155 032) 
Heat Treatment 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
RCR Mining Technologies Pty Ltd  
(ACN 107 724 274) < 
MET 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
NRW Mining Pty Ltd 
(ACN 117 524 277) < 
Investment Shell 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Golding Group Pty Ltd 
(ACN 129 247 025) < 
Holding Company 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Golding Employee Equity Pty Ltd 
(ACN 134 623 680) < 
Dormant 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Golding Finance Pty Ltd 
(ACN 128 839 056) < 
Holding Company 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Golding Contractors Pty Ltd 
(ACN 009 734 794) < 
Civil, Mining & Urban 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Golding Civil Pty Ltd 
(ACN 628 709 777)  
Civil 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Golding Mining Pty Ltd 
(ACN 628 709 740)  
Mining 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Golding Services Pty Ltd 
(ACN 628 709 768)  
Civil, Mining & Urban 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Golding Urban Pty Ltd 
(ACN 628 709 759)  
Urban 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

88
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7.1 
Subsidiaries Continued 
Entity 
Principal 
Activities 
Country of 
Incorporation 
Ownership Interest 
2024 
2023 
Golding PNG Limited  
Deregistered 
Papua New 
Guinea 
- 
100% 
NRW Guinea SARL 
Dormant 
Guinea 
100% 
100% 
The Trustee for NRW Holdings Employee Share 
Trust 
(ABN 85 324 493 658)  
Trustee 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Primero Group Limited  
(ACN 149 964 045)  
MET 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
PGX Ops Pty Ltd 
(ACN 645 420 542) 
MET 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Primero Group Americas Inc 
MET 
Canada 
100% 
100% 
Primero USA Inc 
MET 
USA 
100% 
100% 
The Trustee for Overflow Industrial Unit Trust 
(ABN 99 227 134 227) 
MET 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
OFI Group Holdings Pty Ltd  
(ACN 613 144 513) 
MET 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
Overflow Industrial Pty Ltd 
(ACN 009 367 257) 
MET 
Australia 
100% 
100% 
< Entered into ASIC Corporations instrument 98/1418 Deed of Cross Guarantee with NRW Holdings Limited. 
NRW Holdings Limited and its wholly-owned subsidiaries incorporated in Australia, form the Tax Consolidated 
Group. 
Deed of Cross Guarantee 
Pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Amendment and Repeal) Instrument 2016/914, the wholly-owned subsidiaries 
listed within this note as parties to the Deed of Cross Guarantee, are relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 
requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of Financial Reports and Directors’ Reports. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

89
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7.1 
Subsidiaries Continued 
The consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the entities party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee is  
as follows: 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
 
 
Revenue 
 2,241,992  
 2,087,186  
Other income 
 26,024  
 940  
Materials and consumables used 
 (511,150) 
 (533,741) 
Employee benefits expense 
 (743,816) 
 (661,080) 
Subcontractor costs 
 (465,061) 
 (400,741) 
Plant and equipment costs 
 (212,065) 
 (198,706) 
Depreciation and amortisation expenses 
 (132,295) 
 (116,442) 
Other expenses 
 (28,486) 
 (40,805) 
Share of profit / (loss) in associate 
 113  
 (495) 
Net finance costs 
 (18,056) 
 (15,932) 
Profit before income tax 
 157,200  
 120,184  
Income tax expense 
 (40,244) 
 (33,472) 
Profit for the year 
 116,956  
 86,712  
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
 
 
Total comprehensive income for the year 
116,956 
86,712 
The consolidated statement of financial position of the entities party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee is as follows: 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
ASSETS 
 
 
Current assets 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents 
160,144 
179,831 
Trade and other receivables 
330,921 
279,929 
Inventories 
100,008 
91,925 
Other current assets 
18,824 
17,949 
Total current assets 
609,897 
569,634 
Non-current assets 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment 
502,980 
444,836 
Right-of-use assets 
34,382 
39,468 
Investment in listed equities 
- 
9,964 
Investments in subsidiaries and associates 
154,184 
161,361 
Intangibles 
21,607 
21,225 
Goodwill 
85,036 
85,036 
Total non-current assets 
798,189 
761,890 
Total assets 
1,408,086 
1,331,524 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

90
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7.1 
Subsidiaries Continued 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
LIABILITIES 
 
 
Current liabilities 
 
 
Trade and other payables 
288,736 
304,763 
Financial debt 
72,102 
73,409 
Lease debt 
13,562 
12,749 
Provisions 
68,988 
54,629 
Current tax liabilities 
1,165  
- 
Total current liabilities 
444,553  
445,550 
Non-current liabilities 
 
 
Financial debt 
191,057 
169,697 
Lease debt 
29,986 
32,654 
Provisions 
12,605 
8,414 
Deferred tax liabilities 
85,956  
85,639 
Total non-current liabilities 
319,604  
296,404 
Total liabilities 
764,157 
741,954 
Net assets 
643,929 
589,570 
EQUITY 
 
 
Contributed equity 
383,413 
383,413 
Reserves 
20,078 
16,992 
Retained earnings  
240,438 
189,165 
Total equity 
643,929 
589,570 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

91
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7.2 
Unincorporated Joint Operations  
The Group has significant balances in the following jointly controlled operations: 
Name of Operation 
Principal Activity 
Country of Operation 
Group Interest 
2024 
2023 
BGC Contracting Pty Ltd & Laing O’Rourke Australia 
Construction Pty Ltd 
NorthLink WA Roads 
Australia 
50% 
50% 
South West Gateway Alliance 
Bunbury Outer Ring 
Road 
Australia 
40% 
40% 
Intelligent Freeways Alliance  
Smart Freeways 
Australia 
46.5% 
46.5% 
7.3 
Related Parties 
The ultimate parent entity within the Group is NRW Holdings Limited. The interests in subsidiaries are set out in 
note 7.1. 
Key Management Personnel Transactions 
There are no transactions and balances with Key Management Personnel and their related parties. 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

92
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7.4 
Parent Entity Information 
As at, and throughout, the financial year ended 30 June 2024, the parent company of the Group was NRW Holdings 
Limited. 
The accounting policies of the parent entity, which have been applied in determining the financial information shown 
below, are the same as those applied in the consolidated financial statements. 
Financial Position 
 
Parent 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
ASSETS 
 
 
Current assets 
228,814 
175,917 
Non-current assets 
253,974 
279,188 
Total assets 
482,788 
455,105 
LIABILITIES 
 
 
Current liabilities 
13,277 
15,797 
Non-current liabilities 
40,000 
29,718 
Total liabilities 
53,277 
45,515 
Net assets 
429,511 
409,590 
EQUITY 
 
 
Contributed equity 
383,416 
383,416 
Share based payment reserve 
20,512 
17,426 
Retained earnings 
25,583 
8,748 
Total equity 
429,511 
409,590 
Financial Performance 
 
Parent 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Profit for the year 
82,518 
58,340 
Total comprehensive income 
82,518 
58,340 
Guarantees Entered into by the Parent in Relation to the Debts of its Subsidiaries 
 
Parent 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Equipment finance 
230,046 
218,181 
Total 
230,046 
218,181 
 
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

93
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
7.5 
Auditors Remuneration 
 
Consolidated 
 
2024 
2023 
 
$ 
$ 
AUDIT SERVICES 
 
 
Auditors of the Company: 
 
 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu  
694,000 
639,000 
OTHER SERVICES 
 
 
Industry-specific compliance audits 
35,701 
38,500 
Non-audit services 
231,426 
177,075 
Total 
961,127 
854,575 
7.6 
Events After the Reporting Period 
The Directors have declared a fully franked dividend for the current financial year of 9.0 cents per share, payable 
in October 2024. 
On 12 June 2024, it was announced that NRW’s wholly-owned subsidiary Golding, had executed an agreement to 
acquire the mining services contract, associated fleet and transfer of the employees that HSE Mining Pty Ltd has 
deployed to Stanmore Resources Limited’s South Walker Creek mine site. The transaction value of $85 million 
less assumed employee liabilities and other closing adjustments, was predominantly funded via NRW’s asset 
finance facilities. The financial close of this transition occurred on 1 August 2024. 
NRW has renegotiated the terms of its secured debt facilities and, as part of this process, introduced two additional 
tier one banks to the structure, now providing access to four banks to support the Group’s funding requirements. 
The new debt finance facilities, which are committed for a multi-year evergreen term, are on materially improved 
commercial terms and pricing. The total value of available debt facilities has increased from $260 million to $450 
million, to facilitate corporate initiatives. The transaction documents for the new facilities were entered into by NRW 
on 7 August 2024 with financial close subject to customary conditions precedent. 
Other than the events noted above, there has not arisen, in the interval between the end of the financial year and 
the date of this report, any transaction or event of a material nature likely, in the opinion of the Directors, to 
significantly affect the operations of the consolidated entity, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of 
the consolidated entity in subsequent years. 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

94
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
Basis of Preparation and Determination of Tax Residency 
This Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement has been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001 and includes required information for each entity that was part of the consolidated entity as at the end of the 
financial year. 
Section 295 (3A) of the Corporations Act 2001 defines tax residency as having the meaning in the Income Tax 
Assessment Act 1997. The determination of tax residency involves judgement as there are currently several 
different interpretations that could be adopted, and which could give rise to a different conclusion on residency. 
As at 30 June 2024 
 
 
 
Body Corporates 
 
Entity 
Entity Type 
Entity Type 
Involvement 
Country of 
Incorporation 
/ Formation 
% of Share 
Capital 
Held 
Tax 
Residency 
NRW Holdings Limited  
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
- 
Australia 
Actionblast Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Action Drill & Blast Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Hughes Drilling 1 Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
NRW Pty Ltd  
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
The Trustee for NRW Unit Trust  
Trust 
Trustee 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
NRW Contracting Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
NRW Contracting (No.2) Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
DIAB Engineering Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
NRW Intermediate Holdings Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Indigenous Mining & Exploration Company Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
NRW International Holdings Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
RCR Heat Treatment Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
RCR Mining Technologies Pty Ltd  
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
NRW Mining Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Golding Group Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Golding Employee Equity Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Golding Finance Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Golding Contractors Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Golding Civil Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Golding Mining Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Golding Services Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Golding Urban Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
NRW Guinea SARL 
Body Corporate 
- 
Guinea 
100% 
Guinea 
The Trustee for NRW Holdings Employee Share Trust 
Trust 
Trustee 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Primero Group Limited  
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
PGX Ops Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Primero Group Americas Inc 
Body Corporate 
- 
Canada 
100% 
Canada 
Primero USA Inc 
Body Corporate 
- 
USA 
100% 
USA 
The Trustee for Overflow Industrial Unit Trust 
Trust 
Trustee 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
OFI Group Holdings Pty Ltd  
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
Overflow Industrial Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate 
- 
Australia 
100% 
Australia 
BGC Contracting Pty Ltd & Laing O’Rourke Australia 
Construction Pty Ltd 
Joint Operation 
Participant 
Australia 
50% 
Australia 
South West Gateway Alliance 
Joint Operation 
Participant 
Australia 
40% 
Australia 
Intelligent Freeways Alliance  
Joint Operation 
Participant 
Australia 
46.5% 
Australia 
 
CONSOLIDATED ENTITY  
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

95
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
The shareholder information set out below was applicable as at 30 July 2024. NRW's contributed equity comprises 
455,102,564 fully paid ordinary shares. 
Distribution of Shareholdings 
Range 
Fully Paid  
Ordinary Shares 
% 
No of Holders 
% 
100,001 and over 
401,988,346 
88.33 
160 
2.06 
10,001 to 100,000 
36,606,651 
8.04 
1,324 
17.06 
5,001 to 10,000 
8,545,436 
1.88 
1,121 
14.44 
1,001 to 5,000 
6,734,319 
1.48 
2,441 
31.45 
1 to 1,000 
1,227,812 
0.27 
2,716 
34.99 
Subtotal 
455,102,564 
100.00 
7,762 
100.00 
Unmarketable parcels 
7,231 
0.00 
433 
5.58 
NRW’s 20 Largest Shareholders 
Rank 
Name 
Shares 
% Interest 
1 
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  
137,141,535 
30.13 
2 
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED  
89,016,515 
19.56 
3 
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
72,696,763 
15.97 
4 
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED  
12,168,179 
2.67 
5 
JULIAN ALEXANDER PEMBERTON  
9,888,192 
2.17 
6 
MR DAVID RONALDSON  
8,020,392 
1.76 
7 
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
4,700,078 
1.03 
8 
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  
3,921,790 
0.86 
9 
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
2,964,081 
0.65 
10 
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
2,947,667 
0.65 
11 
SCHALIT SUPER PTY LTD  
2,243,766 
0.49 
12 
JEFFRESS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
2,233,489 
0.49 
13 
GABRIELLA NOMINEES PTY LTD  
2,229,213 
0.49 
14 
MS LESLEY ANN JEFFRESS  
1,866,093 
0.41 
15 
UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
1,785,740 
0.39 
16 
EST PETER HOWELLS  
1,602,926 
0.35 
17 
MR STEVEN SCHALIT & MS CANDICE SCHALIT  
1,602,125 
0.35 
18 
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  
1,527,125 
0.34 
19 
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) 
LIMITED-GSCO ECA  
1,516,113 
0.33 
20 
MR ANDREW JOHN WALSH  
1,364,880 
0.30 
Substantial Holders of 5% or More of Fully Paid Ordinary Shares 
As at the date of this report, the names of the substantial holders in the Company who have notified the Company 
in accordance with Section 671B of the Corporations Act 2001 are set out below: 
Name 
No. of Shares 
Ownership % 
Australian Retirement Trust 
26,045,619 
5.72 
Voting Rights 
Every shareholder present in person or represented by a proxy or other representative shall have one vote for each 
share held by them.
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

96
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
 
ZĞƉŽƌƚŽŶƚŚĞƵĚŝƚŽĨƚŚĞ&ŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůZĞƉŽƌƚ
KƉŝŶŝŽŶ
tĞŚĂǀĞĂƵĚŝƚĞĚƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚŽĨNRW Holdings Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) 
ǁŚŝĐŚĐŽŵƉƌŝƐĞƐƚŚĞĐŽŶƐŽůŝĚĂƚĞĚƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŽĨĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƉŽƐŝƚŝŽŶĂƐĂƚϯϬ:ƵŶĞϮϬϮϰ͕ƚŚĞĐŽŶƐŽůŝĚĂƚĞĚƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŽĨ
ƉƌŽĨŝƚŽƌůŽƐƐĂŶĚŽƚŚĞƌĐŽŵƉƌĞŚĞŶƐŝǀĞŝŶĐŽŵĞ͕ƚŚĞĐŽŶƐŽůŝĚĂƚĞĚƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŽĨĐŚĂŶŐĞƐŝŶĞƋƵŝƚLJĂŶĚƚŚĞĐŽŶƐŽůŝĚĂƚĞĚ
ƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŽĨĐĂƐŚĨůŽǁƐĨŽƌƚŚĞLJĞĂƌƚŚĞŶĞŶĚĞĚ͕ĂŶĚŶŽƚĞƐƚŽƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚƐ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůĂĐĐŽƵŶƚŝŶŐ
ƉŽůŝĐLJŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶĂŶĚŽƚŚĞƌĞdžƉůĂŶĂƚŽƌLJŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͕the directors’ declaration and ƚŚĞĐŽŶƐŽůŝĚĂƚĞĚĞŶƚŝƚLJĚŝƐĐůŽƐƵƌĞ
ƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚ͘

/ŶŽƵƌŽƉŝŶŝŽŶ͕ƚŚĞĂĐĐŽŵƉĂŶLJŝŶŐĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚŽĨƚŚĞ 'ƌŽƵƉŝƐŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐĐƚϮϬϬϭ͕
ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐ͗
• 'ŝǀŝŶŐĂƚƌƵĞĂŶĚĨĂŝƌǀŝĞǁŽĨƚŚĞ'ƌŽƵƉ’s financial poƐŝƚŝŽŶĂƐĂƚϯϬ:ƵŶĞϮϬϮϰĂŶĚŽĨŝƚƐĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĂŶĐĞĨŽƌ
ƚŚĞLJĞĂƌƚŚĞŶĞŶĚĞĚ͖ĂŶĚ
• ŽŵƉůLJŝŶŐǁŝƚŚƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂŶĐĐŽƵŶƚŝŶŐ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐĂŶĚƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐZĞŐƵůĂƚŝŽŶƐϮϬϬϭ͘
ĂƐŝƐĨŽƌKƉŝŶŝŽŶ
tĞĐŽŶĚƵĐƚĞĚŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂŶƵĚŝƚŝŶŐ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐ͘KƵƌƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚŝĞƐƵŶĚĞƌƚŚŽƐĞƐƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐ
are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our report. We 
ĂƌĞŝŶĚĞƉĞŶĚĞŶƚŽĨƚŚĞ'ƌŽƵƉŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚŽƌŝŶĚĞƉĞŶĚĞŶĐĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐŽĨƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐĐƚ
ϮϬϬϭand the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 ŽĚĞŽĨƚŚŝĐƐ
ĨŽƌWƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂůĐĐŽƵŶƚĂŶƚƐ ;ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐ/ŶĚĞƉĞŶĚĞŶĐĞ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐͿ;ƚŚĞ ŽĚĞͿƚŚĂƚĂƌĞƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚƚŽŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚŽĨƚŚĞ
ĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚŝŶƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂ͘tĞŚĂǀĞĂůƐŽĨƵůĨŝůůĞĚŽƵƌŽƚŚĞƌĞƚŚŝĐĂůƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚŝĞƐŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŽĚĞ͘
tĞĐŽŶĨŝƌŵƚŚĂƚƚŚĞŝŶĚĞƉĞŶĚĞŶĐĞĚĞĐůĂƌĂƚŝŽŶƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚďLJƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐĐƚϮϬϬϭ͕ǁŚŝĐŚŚĂƐďĞĞŶŐŝǀĞŶƚŽƚŚĞ
directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time of this auditor’s report.
tĞďĞůŝĞǀĞƚŚĂƚƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚĞǀŝĚĞŶĐĞǁĞŚĂǀĞŽďƚĂŝŶĞĚŝƐƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĂŶĚĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞƚŽƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĂďĂƐŝƐĨŽƌŽƵƌŽƉŝŶŝŽŶ͘
<ĞLJƵĚŝƚDĂƚƚĞƌƐ
<ĞLJĂƵĚŝƚŵĂƚƚĞƌƐĂƌĞƚŚŽƐĞŵĂƚƚĞƌƐƚŚĂƚ͕ŝŶŽƵƌƉƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂůũƵĚŐĞŵĞŶƚ͕ǁĞƌĞŽĨŵŽƐƚƐŝŐŶŝĨŝĐĂŶĐĞŝŶŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚŽĨƚŚĞ
ĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚĨŽƌƚŚĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚƉĞƌŝŽĚ͘dŚĞƐĞŵĂƚƚĞƌƐǁĞƌĞĂĚĚƌĞƐƐĞĚŝŶƚŚĞĐŽŶƚĞdžƚŽĨŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ
ĂƐĂǁŚŽůĞ͕ĂŶĚŝŶĨŽƌŵŝŶŐŽƵƌŽƉŝŶŝŽŶƚŚĞƌĞŽŶ͕ĂŶĚǁĞĚŽŶŽƚƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĂƐĞƉĂƌĂƚĞŽƉŝŶŝŽŶŽŶƚŚĞƐĞŵĂƚƚĞƌƐ͘



ĞůŽŝƚƚĞdŽƵĐŚĞdŽŚŵĂƚƐƵ
EϳϰϰϵϬϭϮϭϬϲϬ
dŽǁĞƌϮ
ƌŽŽŬĨŝĞůĚWůĂĐĞ
ϭϮϯ^ƚ'ĞŽƌŐĞƐdĞƌƌĂĐĞ
WĞƌƚŚtϲϬϬϬ
'WKŽdžϰϲ
WĞƌƚŚtϲϴϯϳƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂ
dĞů͗нϲϭϴϵϯϲϱϳϬϬϬ
&Ădž͗нϲϭϴϵϯϲϱϳϬϬϭ
ǁǁǁ͘ĚĞůŽŝƚƚĞ͘ĐŽŵ͘ĂƵ
Independent Auditor’s Report 
ƚŽƚŚĞDĞŵďĞƌƐŽĨ
EZt,ŽůĚŝŶŐƐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ
 
>ŝĂďŝůŝƚLJůŝŵŝƚĞĚďLJĂƐĐŚĞŵĞĂƉƉƌŽǀĞĚƵŶĚĞƌWƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂů^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐ>ĞŐŝƐůĂƚŝŽŶ͘
DĞŵďĞƌŽĨĞůŽŝƚƚĞƐŝĂWĂĐŝĨŝĐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚĂŶĚƚŚĞĞůŽŝƚƚĞŽƌŐĂŶŝƐĂƚŝŽŶ͘

97
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
CONTINUED
 
<ĞLJƵĚŝƚDĂƚƚĞƌ
,ŽǁƚŚĞƐĐŽƉĞŽĨŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚƌĞƐƉŽŶĚĞĚƚŽƚŚĞ<ĞLJƵĚŝƚ
DĂƚƚĞƌ
ZĞǀĞŶƵĞƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƚŝŽŶ
As disclosed in Note 2.2, the Group’s revenues from 
ĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƐĂƌĞƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƐĞĚďLJƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƚŽƚŚĞ
ƐƚĂŐĞŽĨĐŽŵƉůĞƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚĂĐƚŝǀŝƚLJ͘

ZĞǀĞŶƵĞŝƐƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƐĞĚďLJŵĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚĂĨƚĞƌĂƐƐĞƐƐŝŶŐĂůů
ĨĂĐƚŽƌƐƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚƚŽĞĂĐŚĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐ͗
• 
ĞƚĞƌŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƐƚĂŐĞŽĨĐŽŵƉůĞƚŝŽŶĂŶĚŵĞĂƐƵƌĞŵĞŶƚ
ŽĨƉƌŽŐƌĞƐƐƚŽǁĂƌĚƐƐĂƚŝƐĨĂĐƚŝŽŶŽĨƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĂŶĐĞ
ŽďůŝŐĂƚŝŽŶƐ͖
• 
ƐƚŝŵĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŽƚĂůĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƌĞǀĞŶƵĞĂŶĚĐŽƐƚƐŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐ
ƚŚĞĞƐƚŝŵĂƚŝŽŶŽĨĐŽƐƚĐŽŶƚŝŶŐĞŶĐŝĞƐ͖
• 
ĞƚĞƌŵŝŶĂƚŝŽŶŽĨĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƵĂůĞŶƚŝƚůĞŵĞŶƚĂŶĚ
ĂƐƐĞƐƐŵĞŶƚŽĨƚŚĞƉƌŽďĂďŝůŝƚLJŽĨĐƵƐƚŽŵĞƌĂƉƉƌŽǀĂůŽĨ
ĐŚĂŶŐĞƐŝŶƐĐŽƉĞĂŶĚͬŽƌƉƌŝĐĞ͖ĂŶĚ
• 
ƐƚŝŵĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƉƌŽũĞĐƚĐŽŵƉůĞƚŝŽŶĚĂƚĞ͘

dŚĞ'ƌŽƵƉƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƐĞƐŝŶĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚĂƐƐĞƚƐĂŶĚĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚ
ůŝĂďŝůŝƚŝĞƐƉƌŽŐƌĞƐƐŝǀĞŵĞĂƐƵƌĞŵĞŶƚŽĨƚŚĞŐŽŽĚƐĂŶĚƐĞƌǀŝĐĞƐ
ƚƌĂŶƐĨĞƌƌĞĚĂŶĚǀĂůƵĂƚŝŽŶŽĨǁŽƌŬĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚĂƐǁĞůůĂƐ
ĂŵŽƵŶƚƐŝŶǀŽŝĐĞĚƚŽĐƵƐƚŽŵĞƌƐ͘dŚĞƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƐĞ
amounts is based on management’s assessment of the 
ĞdžƉĞĐƚĞĚĂŵŽƵŶƚƐƌĞĐŽǀĞƌĂďůĞĨƌŽŵƚŚĞĐƵƐƚŽŵĞƌ͘

EZtŚĂǀĞƐƵďŵŝƚƚĞĚĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚǀĂƌŝĂƚŝŽŶƐĂŶĚĐůĂŝŵƐŽŶ
ĐĞƌƚĂŝŶƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐǁŚŝĐŚƌĞƋƵŝƌĞƐŵĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚƚŽĞdžĞƌĐŝƐĞ
ũƵĚŐĞŵĞŶƚŝŶĚĞƚĞƌŵŝŶŝŶŐƚŚĞĂŵŽƵŶƚŽĨƌĞǀĞŶƵĞƚŽďĞ
ƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƐĞĚŝŶƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽƚŚĞƐĞŝƚĞŵƐ͘

KƵƌƉƌŽĐĞĚƵƌĞƐŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚ͕ďƵƚǁĞƌĞŶŽƚůŝŵŝƚĞĚƚŽ͗
• 
Evaluating management’s processes and controls in 
ƌĞƐƉĞĐƚŽĨƚŚĞƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƚŝŽŶŽĨĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƌĞǀĞŶƵĞ͘ƐƉĂƌƚ
ŽĨƚŚŝƐƉƌŽĐĞƐƐǁĞƚĞƐƚĞĚƚŚĞĚĞƐŝŐŶĂŶĚŝŵƉůĞŵĞŶƚĂƚŝŽŶ
ŽĨŬĞLJĐŽŶƚƌŽůƐŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐ͗
o 
dŚĞƌĞǀŝĞǁƉƌŽĐĞƐƐĐŽŶĚƵĐƚĞĚĂƚƚŚĞƚĞŶĚĞƌŝŶŐ
ƉŚĂƐĞ͖ĂŶĚ
o 
dŚĞƉƌĞƉĂƌĂƚŝŽŶ͕ƌĞǀŝĞǁĂŶĚĂƵƚŚŽƌŝƐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨ
ŵŽŶƚŚůLJǀĂůƵĂƚŝŽŶƌĞƉŽƌƚƐĨŽƌĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƐǁŚŝĐŚ
ŝŶĐůƵĚĞƐĨŽƌĞĐĂƐƚƐĐŽƐƚƐƚŽĐŽŵƉůĞƚŝŽŶĂŶĚ
ƵŶĂƉƉƌŽǀĞĚǀĂƌŝĂƚŝŽŶƐ͘
• 
KďƚĂŝŶŝŶŐĂŶƵŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐŽĨƚŚĞĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƚĞƌŵƐĂŶĚ
ĐŽŶĚŝƚŝŽŶƐƚŽĞǀĂůƵĂƚĞǁŚĞƚŚĞƌƚŚĞƐĞǁĞƌĞƌĞĨůĞĐƚĞĚŝŶ
management’s estimate of forecast costs and revenue;
• 
dĞƐƚŝŶŐĂƐĂŵƉůĞŽĨĐŽƐƚƐŝŶĐƵƌƌĞĚƚŽĚĂƚĞĂŶĚĂŐƌĞĞŝŶŐ
ƚŚĞƐĞƚŽƐƵƉƉŽƌƚŝŶŐĚŽĐƵŵĞŶƚĂƚŝŽŶ͖
• 
ZĞĐŽŶĐŝůŝŶŐĐŽƐƚƐŝŶĐƵƌƌĞĚĨŽƌĂƐĂŵƉůĞŽĨƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐ
ďĞƚǁĞĞŶŐĞŶĞƌĂůůĞĚŐĞƌƌĞĐŽƌĚƐĂŶĚĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚǀĂůƵĂƚŝŽŶ
ƌĞƉŽƌƚƐ͖
• 
ƐƐĞƐƐŝŶŐƚŚĞĨŽƌĞĐĂƐƚĐŽƐƚƐƚŽĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞƚŚƌŽƵŐŚ
ĐŚĂůůĞŶŐĞŽĨƉƌŽũĞĐƚŵĂŶĂŐĞƌƐĂŶĚĨŝŶĂŶĐĞƉĞƌƐŽŶŶĞůŝŶ
ƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽŵĂƌŐŝŶƐ͕ƐƚĂƚƵƐŽĨƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƐŚŝƉƐǁŝƚŚ
ĐƵƐƚŽŵĞƌƐĂŶĚůĞǀĞůŽĨĐŽŶƚŝŶŐĞŶĐŝĞƐ͖
• 
ǀĂůƵĂƚŝŶŐƐŝŐŶŝĨŝĐĂŶƚĞdžƉŽƐƵƌĞƐƐƵĐŚĂƐůŝƋƵŝĚĂƚĞĚ
ĚĂŵĂŐĞƐĨŽƌůĂƚĞĚĞůŝǀĞƌLJŽĨĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚǁŽƌŬƐĂŶĚƚŚĞ
ƉƌŽďĂďŝůŝƚLJŽĨƌĞĐŽǀĞƌLJŽĨŽƵƚƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐĂŵŽƵŶƚƐďLJ
ƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƚŽ͗
o 
dĞƐƚŝŶŐĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚƵĂůĞŶƚŝƚůĞŵĞŶƚĨŽƌĐŚĂŶŐĞƐ͕
ǀĂƌŝĂƚŝŽŶƐĂŶĚĐůĂŝŵƐƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƐĞĚǁŝƚŚŝŶĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚ
ƌĞǀĞŶƵĞďLJƌĞĨĞƌĞŶĐĞƚŽƚŚĞƵŶĚĞƌůLJŝŶŐĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚ͖
o 
ǀĂůƵĂƚŝŶŐƚŚĞƐƚĂƚƵƐŽĨĐŽŶƚƌĂĐƚŶĞŐŽƚŝĂƚŝŽŶƐ
ƚŚƌŽƵŐŚƌĞǀŝĞǁŽĨĐŽƌƌĞƐƉŽŶĚĞŶĐĞ͕ŵŝŶƵƚĞƐĂŶĚ
ĚŝƐĐƵƐƐŝŽŶƐ͖ĂŶĚ
o 
dĞƐƚŝŶŐŚŝƐƚŽƌŝĐĂůƌĞĐŽǀĞƌŝĞƐĂŐĂŝŶƐƚƉƌĞǀŝŽƵƐ
ĞƐƚŝŵĂƚĞƐŵĂĚĞ͘

tĞ ĂůƐŽ ĂƐƐĞƐƐĞĚ ƚŚĞ ĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞŶĞƐƐ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ ĚŝƐĐůŽƐƵƌĞƐ ŝŶ
ƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƚŽ ƌĞǀĞŶƵĞ ƌĞĐŽŐŶŝƚŝŽŶ ŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚ ŝŶ EŽƚĞ Ϯ͘ϮƚŽ ƚŚĞ
ĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚƐ͘
KƚŚĞƌ/ŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ
dŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐĂƌĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďůĞĨŽƌƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͘dŚĞŽƚŚĞƌŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶĐŽŵƉƌŝƐĞƐƚŚĞDirectors’ Report and 
ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞ'ŽǀĞƌŶĂŶĐĞΘZŝƐŬDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚ͕which we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, and also 
ŝŶĐůƵĚĞƐƚŚĞĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůinformation which will be included in the Group’s annual report (but does not include the 
financial report and our auditor’s report thereon), which is expected ƚŽďĞŵĂĚĞĂǀĂŝůĂďůĞƚŽƵƐĂĨƚĞƌƚŚĂƚĚĂƚĞ͘

KƵƌŽƉŝŶŝŽŶŽŶƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚĚŽĞƐŶŽƚĐŽǀĞƌƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶĂŶĚǁĞĚŽŶŽƚĂŶĚǁŝůůŶŽƚĞdžƉƌĞƐƐĂŶLJĨŽƌŵ
ŽĨĂƐƐƵƌĂŶĐĞĐŽŶĐůƵƐŝŽŶƚŚĞƌĞŽŶ͘



98
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
CONTINUED
 
/ŶĐŽŶŶĞĐƚŝŽŶǁŝƚŚŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ͕ŽƵƌƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚLJŝƐƚŽƌĞĂĚƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶŝĚĞŶƚŝĨŝĞĚĂďŽǀĞ
ĂŶĚ͕ŝŶĚŽŝŶŐƐŽ͕ĐŽŶƐŝĚĞƌǁŚĞƚŚĞƌƚŚĞŽƚŚĞƌŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶŝƐŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůůLJŝŶĐŽŶƐŝƐƚĞŶƚǁŝƚŚƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚŽƌŽƵƌ
ŬŶŽǁůĞĚŐĞŽďƚĂŝŶĞĚŝŶƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚ͕ŽƌŽƚŚĞƌǁŝƐĞĂƉƉĞĂƌƐƚŽďĞŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůůLJŵŝƐƐƚĂƚĞĚ͘/Ĩ͕ďĂƐĞĚŽŶƚŚĞǁŽƌŬǁĞŚĂǀĞ
performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there 
ŝƐĂŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůŵŝƐƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŽĨƚŚŝƐŽƚŚĞƌŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ͕ǁĞĂƌĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚƚŽƌĞƉŽƌƚƚŚĂƚĨĂĐƚ͘tĞŚĂǀĞŶŽƚŚŝŶŐƚŽƌĞƉŽƌƚŝŶ
ƚŚŝƐƌĞŐĂƌĚ͘

tŚĞŶǁĞƌĞĂĚƚŚĞadditional information which will be included in the Group’s annual report͕ŝĨǁĞĐŽŶĐůƵĚĞƚŚĂƚ
ƚŚĞƌĞŝƐĂŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůŵŝƐƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚƚŚĞƌĞŝŶ͕ǁĞĂƌĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚƚŽĐŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƚĞƚŚĞŵĂƚƚĞƌƚŽƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐĂŶĚƵƐĞŽƵƌ
ƉƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂůũƵĚŐĞŵĞŶƚƚŽĚĞƚĞƌŵŝŶĞƚŚĞĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞĂĐƚŝŽŶ͘
ZĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚŝĞƐŽĨƚŚĞŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐĨŽƌƚŚĞ&ŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůZĞƉŽƌƚ
dŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐŽĨƚŚĞŽŵƉĂŶLJĂƌĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďůĞ͗
•
&ŽƌƚŚĞƉƌĞƉĂƌĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐĐƚϮϬϬϭ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐŐŝǀŝŶŐĂƚƌƵĞ
ĂŶĚĨĂŝƌǀŝĞǁŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƉŽƐŝƚŝŽŶĂŶĚƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĂŶĐĞŽĨƚŚĞ'ƌŽƵƉŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂŶĐĐŽƵŶƚŝŶŐ
^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐ͖ĂŶĚ
•
&ŽƌƐƵĐŚŝŶƚĞƌŶĂůĐŽŶƚƌŽůĂƐƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐĚĞƚĞƌŵŝŶĞŝƐŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌLJƚŽĞŶĂďůĞƚŚĞƉƌĞƉĂƌĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ
ŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐĐƚϮϬϬϭ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐŐŝǀŝŶŐĂƚƌƵĞĂŶĚĨĂŝƌǀŝĞǁŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƉŽƐŝƚŝŽŶĂŶĚ
ƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĂŶĐĞŽĨƚŚĞ'ƌŽƵƉ͕ĂŶĚŝƐĨƌĞĞĨƌŽŵŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůŵŝƐƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚ͕ǁŚĞƚŚĞƌĚƵĞƚŽĨƌĂƵĚŽƌĞƌƌŽƌ͘
/ŶƉƌĞƉĂƌŝŶŐƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ͕ƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐĂƌĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďůĞĨŽƌĂƐƐĞƐƐŝŶŐƚŚĞĂďŝůŝƚLJŽĨƚŚĞ'ƌŽƵƉƚŽĐŽŶƚŝŶƵĞĂƐĂ
ŐŽŝŶŐ ĐŽŶĐĞƌŶ͕ ĚŝƐĐůŽƐŝŶŐ͕ ĂƐ ĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ ŵĂƚƚĞƌƐ ƌĞůĂƚĞĚ ƚŽ ŐŽŝŶŐ ĐŽŶĐĞƌŶ ĂŶĚ ƵƐŝŶŐ ƚŚĞ ŐŽŝŶŐ ĐŽŶĐĞƌŶ ďĂƐŝƐ ŽĨ
ĂĐĐŽƵŶƚŝŶŐ ƵŶůĞƐƐ ƚŚĞ ĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐ ĞŝƚŚĞƌ ŝŶƚĞŶĚ ƚŽ ůŝƋƵŝĚĂƚĞ ƚŚĞ 'ƌŽƵƉ Žƌ ƚŽ ĐĞĂƐĞ ŽƉĞƌĂƚŝŽŶƐ͕ Žƌ ŚĂƐ ŶŽ ƌĞĂůŝƐƚŝĐ
ĂůƚĞƌŶĂƚŝǀĞďƵƚƚŽĚŽƐŽ͘
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report 
KƵƌŽďũĞĐƚŝǀĞƐĂƌĞƚŽŽďƚĂŝŶƌĞĂƐŽŶĂďůĞĂƐƐƵƌĂŶĐĞĂďŽƵƚǁŚĞƚŚĞƌƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚĂƐĂǁŚŽůĞŝƐĨƌĞĞĨƌŽŵŵĂƚĞƌŝĂů
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
ĂƐƐƵƌĂŶĐĞŝƐĂŚŝŐŚůĞǀĞůŽĨĂƐƐƵƌĂŶĐĞ͕ďƵƚŝƐŶŽƚĂŐƵĂƌĂŶƚĞĞƚŚĂƚĂŶĂƵĚŝƚĐŽŶĚƵĐƚĞĚŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂŶ
ƵĚŝƚŝŶŐ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐǁŝůůĂůǁĂLJƐĚĞƚĞĐƚĂŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůŵŝƐƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚǁŚĞŶŝƚĞdžŝƐƚƐ͘DŝƐƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚƐĐĂŶĂƌŝƐĞĨƌŽŵĨƌĂƵĚŽƌ
ĞƌƌŽƌĂŶĚĂƌĞĐŽŶƐŝĚĞƌĞĚŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůŝĨ͕ŝŶĚŝǀŝĚƵĂůůLJŽƌŝŶƚŚĞĂŐŐƌĞŐĂƚĞ͕ƚŚĞLJĐŽƵůĚƌĞĂƐŽŶĂďůLJďĞĞdžƉĞĐƚĞĚƚŽŝŶĨůƵĞŶĐĞ
ƚŚĞĞĐŽŶŽŵŝĐĚĞĐŝƐŝŽŶƐŽĨƵƐĞƌƐƚĂŬĞŶŽŶƚŚĞďĂƐŝƐŽĨƚŚŝƐĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ͘
ƐƉĂƌƚŽĨĂŶĂƵĚŝƚŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂŶƵĚŝƚŝŶŐ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐ͕ǁĞĞdžĞƌĐŝƐĞƉƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂůũƵĚŐĞŵĞŶƚĂŶĚ
ŵĂŝŶƚĂŝŶƉƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂůƐĐĞƉƚŝĐŝƐŵƚŚƌŽƵŐŚŽƵƚƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚ͘tĞĂůƐŽ͗
•
/ĚĞŶƚŝĨLJĂŶĚĂƐƐĞƐƐƚŚĞƌŝƐŬƐŽĨŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůŵŝƐƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ͕ǁŚĞƚŚĞƌĚƵĞƚŽĨƌĂƵĚŽƌĞƌƌŽƌ͕ĚĞƐŝŐŶ
ĂŶĚƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĂƵĚŝƚƉƌŽĐĞĚƵƌĞƐƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝǀĞƚŽƚŚŽƐĞƌŝƐŬƐ͕ĂŶĚŽďƚĂŝŶĂƵĚŝƚĞǀŝĚĞŶĐĞƚŚĂƚŝƐƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĂŶĚĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞ
ƚŽƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĂďĂƐŝƐĨŽƌŽƵƌŽƉŝŶŝŽŶ͘dŚĞƌŝƐŬŽĨŶŽƚĚĞƚĞĐƚŝŶŐĂŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůŵŝƐƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚƌĞƐƵůƚŝŶŐĨƌŽŵĨƌĂƵĚŝƐŚŝŐŚĞƌ
ƚŚĂŶ ĨŽƌ ŽŶĞ ƌĞƐƵůƚŝŶŐ ĨƌŽŵ ĞƌƌŽƌ͕ ĂƐ ĨƌĂƵĚ ŵĂLJ ŝŶǀŽůǀĞ ĐŽůůƵƐŝŽŶ͕ ĨŽƌŐĞƌLJ͕ ŝŶƚĞŶƚŝŽŶĂů ŽŵŝƐƐŝŽŶƐ͕
ŵŝƐƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝŽŶƐ͕ŽƌƚŚĞŽǀĞƌƌŝĚĞŽĨŝŶƚĞƌŶĂůĐŽŶƚƌŽů͘
•
KďƚĂŝŶĂŶƵŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚŝŶŐŽĨŝŶƚĞƌŶĂůĐŽŶƚƌŽůƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚƚŽƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚŝŶŽƌĚĞƌƚŽĚĞƐŝŐŶĂƵĚŝƚƉƌŽĐĞĚƵƌĞƐƚŚĂƚĂƌĞ
ĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞŝŶƚŚĞĐŝƌĐƵŵƐƚĂŶĐĞƐ͕ďƵƚŶŽƚĨŽƌƚŚĞƉƵƌƉŽƐĞŽĨĞdžƉƌĞƐƐŝŶŐĂŶŽƉŝŶŝŽŶŽŶƚŚĞĞĨĨĞĐƚŝǀĞŶĞƐƐŽĨƚŚĞ
Group’sŝŶƚĞƌŶĂůĐŽŶƚƌŽů͘
•
ǀĂůƵĂƚĞƚŚĞĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞŶĞƐƐŽĨĂĐĐŽƵŶƚŝŶŐƉŽůŝĐŝĞƐƵƐĞĚĂŶĚƚŚĞƌĞĂƐŽŶĂďůĞŶĞƐƐŽĨĂĐĐŽƵŶƚŝŶŐĞƐƚŝŵĂƚĞƐĂŶĚ
ƌĞůĂƚĞĚĚŝƐĐůŽƐƵƌĞƐŵĂĚĞďLJƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐ͘



99
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
CONTINUED
 
•
Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the 
ĂƵĚŝƚ ĞǀŝĚĞŶĐĞ ŽďƚĂŝŶĞĚ͕ ǁŚĞƚŚĞƌ Ă ŵĂƚĞƌŝĂů ƵŶĐĞƌƚĂŝŶƚLJ ĞdžŝƐƚƐ ƌĞůĂƚĞĚ ƚŽ ĞǀĞŶƚƐ Žƌ ĐŽŶĚŝƚŝŽŶƐ ƚŚĂƚ ŵĂLJ ĐĂƐƚ
ƐŝŐŶŝĨŝĐĂŶƚĚŽƵďƚŽŶƚŚĞGroup’sĂďŝůŝƚLJƚŽĐŽŶƚŝŶƵĞĂƐĂŐŽŝŶŐĐŽŶĐĞƌŶ͘/ĨǁĞĐŽŶĐůƵĚĞƚŚĂƚĂŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůƵŶĐĞƌƚĂŝŶƚLJ
exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the rĞůĂƚĞĚĚŝƐĐůŽƐƵƌĞƐŝŶƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ
Žƌ͕ŝĨƐƵĐŚĚŝƐĐůŽƐƵƌĞƐĂƌĞŝŶĂĚĞƋƵĂƚĞ͕ƚŽŵŽĚŝĨLJŽƵƌŽƉŝŶŝŽŶ͘KƵƌĐŽŶĐůƵƐŝŽŶƐĂƌĞďĂƐĞĚŽŶƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚĞǀŝĚĞŶĐĞ
obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the 'ƌoup’sƚŽ
ĐĞĂƐĞƚŽĐŽŶƚŝŶƵĞĂƐĂŐŽŝŶŐĐŽŶĐĞƌŶ͘
•
ǀĂůƵĂƚĞƚŚĞŽǀĞƌĂůůƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝŽŶ͕ƐƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĞĂŶĚĐŽŶƚĞŶƚŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐƚŚĞĚŝƐĐůŽƐƵƌĞƐ͕ĂŶĚ
ǁŚĞƚŚĞƌƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚƌĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚƐƚŚĞƵŶĚĞƌůLJŝŶŐƚƌĂŶƐĂĐƚŝŽŶƐĂŶĚĞǀĞŶƚƐŝŶĂŵĂŶŶĞƌƚŚĂƚĂĐŚŝĞǀĞƐĨĂŝƌ
ƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝŽŶ͘
•
KďƚĂŝŶƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞĂƵĚŝƚĞǀŝĚĞŶĐĞƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞĞŶƚŝƚŝĞƐŽƌďƵƐŝŶĞƐƐĂĐƚŝǀŝƚŝĞƐ
ǁŝƚŚŝŶƚŚĞ'ƌŽƵƉƚŽĞdžƉƌĞƐƐĂŶŽƉŝŶŝŽŶŽŶƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚ͘tĞĂƌĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďůĞĨŽƌƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŝŽŶ͕ƐƵƉĞƌǀŝƐŝŽŶ
and performance of the Group’s audit. WeƌĞŵĂŝŶƐŽůĞůLJƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďůĞĨŽƌŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚŽƉŝŶŝŽŶ͘
tĞĐŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƚĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐ͕ĂŵŽŶŐŽƚŚĞƌŵĂƚƚĞƌƐ͕ƚŚĞƉůĂŶŶĞĚƐĐŽƉĞĂŶĚƚŝŵŝŶŐŽĨƚŚĞĂƵĚŝƚĂŶĚ
ƐŝŐŶŝĨŝĐĂŶƚĂƵĚŝƚĨŝŶĚŝŶŐƐ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐĂŶLJƐŝŐŶŝĨŝĐĂŶƚĚĞĨŝĐŝĞŶĐŝĞƐŝŶŝŶƚĞƌŶĂůĐŽŶƚƌŽůƚŚĂƚǁĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨLJĚƵƌŝŶŐŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚ͘
tĞĂůƐŽƉƌŽǀŝĚĞƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐǁŝƚŚĂƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚƚŚĂƚǁĞŚĂǀĞĐŽŵƉůŝĞĚǁŝƚŚƌĞůĞǀĂŶƚĞƚŚŝĐĂůƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐ
ŝŶĚĞƉĞŶĚĞŶĐĞ͕ĂŶĚƚŽĐŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƚĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞŵĂůůƌĞůĂƚŝŽŶƐŚŝƉƐĂŶĚŽƚŚĞƌŵĂƚƚĞƌƐƚŚĂƚŵĂLJƌĞĂƐŽŶĂďůLJďĞƚŚŽƵŐŚƚƚŽ
ďĞĂƌŽŶŽƵƌŝŶĚĞƉĞŶĚĞŶĐĞ͕ĂŶĚǁŚĞƌĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ĂĐƚŝŽŶƐƚĂŬĞŶƚŽĞůŝŵŝŶĂƚĞƚŚƌĞĂƚƐŽƌƐĂĨĞŐƵĂƌĚƐĂƉƉůŝĞĚ͘
&ƌŽŵƚŚĞŵĂƚƚĞƌƐĐŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƚĞĚǁŝƚŚƚŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐ͕ǁĞĚĞƚĞƌŵŝŶĞƚŚŽƐĞŵĂƚƚĞƌƐƚŚĂƚǁĞƌĞŽĨŵŽƐƚƐŝŐŶŝĨŝĐĂŶĐĞŝŶƚŚĞ
ĂƵĚŝƚŽĨƚŚĞĨŝŶĂŶĐŝĂůƌĞƉŽƌƚŽĨƚŚĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚƉĞƌŝŽĚĂŶĚĂƌĞƚŚĞƌĞĨŽƌĞƚŚĞŬĞLJĂƵĚŝƚŵĂƚƚĞƌƐ͘tĞĚĞƐĐƌŝďĞƚŚĞƐĞŵĂƚƚĞƌƐ
in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely 
ƌĂƌĞĐŝƌĐƵŵƐƚĂŶĐĞƐ͕ǁĞĚĞƚĞƌŵŝŶĞƚŚĂƚĂŵĂƚƚĞƌƐŚŽƵůĚŶŽƚďĞĐŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƚĞĚŝŶŽƵƌƌĞƉŽƌƚďĞĐĂƵƐĞƚŚĞĂĚǀĞƌƐĞ
ĐŽŶƐĞƋƵĞŶĐĞƐ ŽĨ ĚŽŝŶŐ ƐŽ ǁŽƵůĚ ƌĞĂƐŽŶĂďůLJ ďĞ ĞdžƉĞĐƚĞĚ ƚŽ ŽƵƚǁĞŝŐŚ ƚŚĞ ƉƵďůŝĐ ŝŶƚĞƌĞƐƚ ďĞŶĞĨŝƚƐ ŽĨ ƐƵĐŚ
ĐŽŵŵƵŶŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘
ZĞƉŽƌƚŽŶƚŚĞZĞŵƵŶĞƌĂƚŝŽŶZĞƉŽƌƚ
KƉŝŶŝŽŶŽŶƚŚĞZĞŵƵŶĞƌĂƚŝŽŶZĞƉŽƌƚ
tĞŚĂǀĞĂƵĚŝƚĞĚƚŚĞZĞŵƵŶĞƌĂƚŝŽŶZĞƉŽƌƚŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚŝŶƉĂŐĞƐϮϲƚŽϰϲŽĨthe Directors’ Report for the year endedϯϬ
:ƵŶĞϮϬϮϰ͘
/ŶŽƵƌŽƉŝŶŝŽŶ͕ƚŚĞZĞŵƵŶĞƌĂƚŝŽŶZĞƉŽƌƚŽĨEZt,ŽůĚŝŶŐƐ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ͕ĨŽƌƚŚĞLJĞĂƌĞŶĚĞĚϯϬ:ƵŶĞϮϬϮϰ͕ĐŽŵƉůŝĞƐǁŝƚŚ
ƐĞĐƚŝŽŶϯϬϬŽĨƚŚĞŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐĐƚϮϬϬϭ͘
ZĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚŝĞƐ
dŚĞĚŝƌĞĐƚŽƌƐŽĨƚŚĞŽŵƉĂŶLJĂƌĞƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďůĞĨŽƌƚŚĞƉƌĞƉĂƌĂƚŝŽŶĂŶĚƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞZĞŵƵŶĞƌĂƚŝŽŶZĞƉŽƌƚŝŶ
ĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞ ǁŝƚŚ ƐĞĐƚŝŽŶ ϯϬϬ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ ŽƌƉŽƌĂƚŝŽŶƐ Đƚ ϮϬϬϭ͘ KƵƌ ƌĞƐƉŽŶƐŝďŝůŝƚLJ ŝƐ ƚŽ ĞdžƉƌĞƐƐ ĂŶ ŽƉŝŶŝŽŶ ŽŶ ƚŚĞ
ZĞŵƵŶĞƌĂƚŝŽŶZĞƉŽƌƚ͕ďĂƐĞĚŽŶŽƵƌĂƵĚŝƚĐŽŶĚƵĐƚĞĚŝŶĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞǁŝƚŚƵƐƚƌĂůŝĂŶƵĚŝƚŝŶŐ^ƚĂŶĚĂƌĚƐ͘




>K/dddKh,dK,Dd^h




<ŶĚƌĞǁƐ
WĂƌƚŶĞƌ
ŚĂƌƚĞƌĞĚĐĐŽƵŶƚĂŶƚƐ
WĞƌƚŚ͕ϭϰƵŐƵƐƚϮϬϮϰ

100
NRW HOLDINGS  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2024
RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET 
For the Year Ended 30 June 2024 
 
% Change  
up / (down) 
Year Ended  
30 June 2024 
Year Ended  
30 June 2023 
 
$’000 
$’000 
Revenues from ordinary activities 
9.2% 
2,913,007 
2,667,064 
Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members 
22.7% 
105,096 
85,635 
Total comprehensive income  
22.7% 
105,096 
85,635 
INTERIM DIVIDEND 
 
 
 
Date dividend is payable 
 
11 April 2024 
6 April 2023 
Record date to determine entitlements to dividend 
 
27 March 2024 
23 March 2023 
Interim dividend payable per security (cents) 
 
6.5 
8.5 
Franked amount of dividend per security (cents) 
 
6.5 
- 
Unfranked amount of dividend per security (cents) 
 
- 
8.5 
FINAL DIVIDEND 
 
 
 
Date dividend is payable 
 
9 October 2024 
11 October 2023 
Record date to determine entitlements to dividend 
 
20 September 2024 
22 September 2023 
Final dividend payable per security (cents) 
 
9.0 
8.0 
Franked amount of dividend per security (cents) 
 
9.0 
8.0 
RATIOS AND OTHER MEASURES 
 
 
 
Net tangible asset backing per ordinary security 
 
$0.98 
$0.88 
Commentary on the Results for the Year 
A commentary on the results for the year is contained in the statutory financial report dated 14 August 2024. 
Status of Accounts 
This statutory financial report is based on audited accounts.  
NRW Holdings Limited - ACN 118 300 217 
 
APPENDIX 4E


NRW Holdings Limited
181 Great Eastern Highway 
BELMONT WA 6104 
+ 61 8 9232 4200
nrw.com.au